WO2023228879A1 - Flexible wiring board unit and dimmer unit - Google Patents

Flexible wiring board unit and dimmer unit Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023228879A1
WO2023228879A1 PCT/JP2023/018710 JP2023018710W WO2023228879A1 WO 2023228879 A1 WO2023228879 A1 WO 2023228879A1 JP 2023018710 W JP2023018710 W JP 2023018710W WO 2023228879 A1 WO2023228879 A1 WO 2023228879A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
wiring board
flexible wiring
relay terminal
relay
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/018710
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
真樹 辻
秀司 佐藤
玄 中村
Original Assignee
凸版印刷株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2022083618A external-priority patent/JP2023172064A/en
Priority claimed from JP2022083619A external-priority patent/JP2023172065A/en
Priority claimed from JP2022083620A external-priority patent/JP2023172066A/en
Application filed by 凸版印刷株式会社 filed Critical 凸版印刷株式会社
Publication of WO2023228879A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023228879A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1334Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods based on polymer dispersed liquid crystals, e.g. microencapsulated liquid crystals
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1343Electrodes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1345Conductors connecting electrodes to cell terminals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02Details
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02Details
    • H05K1/03Use of materials for the substrate
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02Details
    • H05K1/14Structural association of two or more printed circuits

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a flexible wiring board unit including a plurality of electrically connectable flexible wiring boards, and a light control unit including the flexible wiring board unit.
  • the light control sheet includes two transparent electrode sheets and a light control layer located between the two transparent electrode sheets.
  • Each transparent electrode sheet includes an electrode terminal.
  • the electrode terminal is a portion of one transparent electrode sheet that is exposed from the light control layer and the other transparent electrode sheet.
  • the electrode terminal provided on each transparent electrode sheet is located at the edge provided on the light control sheet.
  • One bonded terminal provided on a flexible wiring board is bonded to each electrode terminal (see, for example, Patent Documents 1 and 2).
  • the light transmittance of the light control layer is changed compared to before the voltage is applied.
  • the light control sheet 300 is located between the first transparent electrode sheet 310, the second transparent electrode sheet 320, and between the first transparent electrode sheet 310 and the second transparent electrode sheet 320. and a light control layer.
  • the first transparent electrode sheet 310 is located on the front side of the paper with respect to the second transparent electrode sheet 320.
  • the first transparent electrode sheet 310 is shown by thick lines
  • the second transparent electrode sheet 320 is shown by thin lines.
  • the first transparent electrode sheet 310 includes a first terminal 310P.
  • the first terminal 310P is a portion where a part of the first transparent electrode sheet 310 is exposed from the second transparent electrode sheet 320 and the light control layer, as shown by the broken line in FIG. Note that the first terminal 310P faces toward the back of the page in FIG. 30.
  • the second transparent electrode sheet 320 includes a second terminal 320P.
  • the second terminal 320P is a part where a part of the second transparent electrode sheet 320 is exposed from the first transparent electrode sheet 310 and the light control layer, as shown by dots in FIG.
  • the second terminal 320P faces toward the front side of the page in FIG. 30.
  • the light control sheet 300 includes one edge 300E extending along the first direction D1.
  • the first terminal 310P and the second terminal 320P are arranged in parallel on the edge 300E.
  • the light control sheet 300 is connected to an external power source 340 through a flexible wiring board 330.
  • the flexible wiring board 330 is a flexible printed circuit (FPC).
  • the flexible wiring board 330 includes a first portion 331 and a second portion 332.
  • the first portion 331 extends along the first direction D1.
  • the second portion 332 extends from the center of the first portion 331 in the first direction D1 to the side opposite to the light control sheet 300 along the second direction D2 orthogonal to the first direction D1.
  • the flexible wiring board 330 has a substantially T-shaped outer shape due to the first portion 331 and the second portion 332.
  • the first portion 331 includes a first bonded terminal 331P1 and a second bonded terminal 331P2.
  • the first adhered terminal 331P1 is provided at the first end of the first portion 331 in the first direction D1.
  • the second adhered terminal 331P2 is provided at a second end of the first portion 331 opposite to the first end in the first direction D1.
  • the first adhered terminal 331P1 faces toward the front side of the page in FIG. 30.
  • the first adhered terminal 331P1 is electrically connected to the first terminal 310P.
  • the second adhered terminal 331P2 faces toward the back of the page in FIG. 30.
  • the second adhered terminal 331P2 is electrically connected to the second terminal 320P.
  • the second portion 332 includes a first power terminal 332P1 and a second power terminal 332P2.
  • the first power terminal 332P1 and the second power terminal 332P2 are provided at the tip of the second portion 332 in the second direction D2.
  • the first power terminal 332P1 and the second power terminal 332P2 face toward the front side of the paper in FIG. 30.
  • the first power terminal 332P1 is electrically connected to the first bonded terminal 331P1 inside the flexible wiring board 330.
  • the second power terminal 332P2 is electrically connected to the second bonded terminal 331P2 inside the flexible wiring board 330.
  • the first power terminal 332P1 and the second power terminal 332P2 are electrically connected to the external power supply 340.
  • the external power source 340 applies a voltage between the first transparent electrode sheet 310 and the second transparent electrode sheet 320 via the flexible wiring board 330. This causes the light control layer to change the light transmittance.
  • a flexible wiring board 330 when manufacturing a flexible wiring board 330, a plurality of flexible wiring boards are placed in a laminated sheet 400 formed by sandwiching a conductor between two layers of resin material. 330 is imposed. In the example shown in FIG. 31, adjacent flexible wiring boards 330 are arranged alternately along the second direction D2 in a state in which they are reversed by 180 degrees.
  • the ratio of the area used as the flexible wiring board 330 to the entire area of the laminated sheet 400 is small, it is desired to improve the yield.
  • a flexible wiring board unit is provided.
  • the flexible wiring board unit is a flexible wiring board unit and includes a first flexible wiring board extending in a first direction and a second flexible wiring board extending in a second direction,
  • the second flexible wiring board is arranged such that the first direction and the second direction intersect at a first end of the second flexible wiring board in the second direction.
  • the first flexible wiring board is configured to be electrically connected to a flexible wiring board, and the first flexible wiring board includes a first bonded terminal and a second bonded terminal arranged in the first direction, and The first bonded terminal and the second bonded terminal are configured to be connected to a power supply target, and the second flexible wiring board has an end opposite to the first end in the second direction.
  • a first power terminal and a second power terminal are provided at the second end, and the first power terminal and the second power terminal are configured to be connected to an external power source.
  • a dimming unit in another aspect, includes a light control sheet having an edge extending in a first direction, a flexible wiring board unit adhered to the edge, and the light control sheet includes a first transparent electrode sheet, a second transparent electrode sheet; a light control layer located between the first transparent electrode sheet and the second transparent electrode sheet; The portion exposed from the transparent electrode sheet is a first electrode terminal, the portion of the second transparent electrode sheet exposed from the light control layer and the first transparent electrode sheet is a second electrode terminal, and the portion of the second transparent electrode sheet exposed from the light control layer and the first transparent electrode sheet is a second electrode terminal.
  • a terminal and the second electrode terminal are arranged along the first direction at the edge, and the flexible wiring board unit includes a first flexible wiring board extending in the first direction, and a first flexible wiring board extending in the second direction. a second flexible wiring board extending in the second direction, the second flexible wiring board extending in the first direction at a first end of the second flexible wiring board in the second direction;
  • the first flexible wiring board is configured to be electrically connected to the first flexible wiring board so as to intersect with the second direction, and the first flexible wiring board is connected to the first flexible wiring board along the first direction.
  • the first bonded terminal includes a first bonded terminal and a second bonded terminal, the first bonded terminal is configured to be electrically connected to the first electrode terminal, and the second bonded terminal is configured to be electrically connected to the first bonded terminal.
  • the second flexible wiring board is configured to be electrically connected to a two-electrode terminal, and the second flexible wiring board has a second end located at a second end opposite to the first end in the second direction.
  • the power supply terminal includes a first power supply terminal and a second power supply terminal, and the first power supply terminal and the second power supply terminal are configured to be connected to an external power supply.
  • FIG. 1 is a plan view of the light control unit of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II-II in FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line III--III in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 4 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board and the second flexible wiring board included in the flexible wiring board unit of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 5 is a plan view showing an example of the imposition of the first flexible wiring board of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of the first laminated sheet for manufacturing the first flexible wiring board of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 7 is a plan view showing an example of the imposition of the second flexible wiring board of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of the second laminated sheet for manufacturing the second flexible wiring board of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 9 is a plan view of the light control unit of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XX in FIG. 9.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XI-XI in FIG.
  • FIG. 12 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board included in the flexible wiring board unit of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 13 is an enlarged view of the main part showing the first relay terminal of the first flexible wiring board of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 14 is a plan view of the second flexible wiring board included in the flexible wiring board unit of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 15 is an enlarged view of the main part showing the third relay terminal of the second flexible wiring board of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram showing the relative positional relationship between the first relay terminal and the third relay terminal in a state where the first relay terminal and the third relay terminal are bonded together in the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 17 is a plan view of the light control unit of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XVIII-XVIII in FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 19 is a sectional view taken along line XIX-XIX in FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 20 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 21 is a plan view of the second flexible wiring board of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 22 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 23 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the fifth embodiment.
  • FIG. 24 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the fifth embodiment.
  • FIG. 25 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the sixth embodiment.
  • FIG. 26 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the sixth embodiment.
  • FIG. 27 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 28 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 29 is a plan view of the second flexible wiring board of the seventh embodiment.
  • FIG. 30 is a plan view showing a conventional example of a light control sheet and a flexible wiring board.
  • FIG. 31 is a plan view showing an example of imposition of the flexible wiring board shown in FIG. 30.
  • the light control unit 1 of the first embodiment includes a light control sheet 10 and a flexible wiring board unit 50.
  • the light control sheet 10 includes one edge 10E extending in the first direction D1.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 50 is connected to the edge 10E of the light control sheet 10.
  • the light control sheet 10 includes a first transparent electrode sheet 20 and a second transparent electrode sheet 30.
  • the first transparent electrode sheet 20 is located on the front side of the paper with respect to the second transparent electrode sheet 30.
  • the second transparent electrode sheet 30 is located on the back side of the paper with respect to the first transparent electrode sheet 20.
  • the first transparent electrode sheet 20 is shown by a thick line
  • the second transparent electrode sheet 30 is shown by a thick line. Indicated by a thin line.
  • the light control sheet 10 divides the space in which the light control sheet 10 is located into two. In FIG. 1, of the two spaces partitioned by the light control sheet 10, the space on the front side of the paper that is in contact with the first transparent electrode sheet 20 is the first space. In FIG. 1, of the two spaces partitioned by the light control sheet 10, the space on the back side of the plane of the paper that is in contact with the second transparent electrode sheet 30 is the second space.
  • the light control sheet 10 includes a first electrode terminal 22P and a second electrode terminal 32P.
  • the first electrode terminal 22P is a portion of the first transparent electrode sheet 20 that is exposed from the second transparent electrode sheet 30.
  • the first electrode terminal 22P faces the second space (the back side of the paper in FIG. 1).
  • the second electrode terminal 32P is a portion of the second transparent electrode sheet 30 that is exposed from the first transparent electrode sheet 20.
  • the second electrode terminal 32P faces the first space (the front side of the paper in FIG. 1).
  • the first electrode terminal 22P and the second electrode terminal 32P are lined up at a distance along the first direction D1.
  • the first electrode terminal 22P is surrounded by a broken line, and the second electrode terminal 32P is marked with a dot.
  • the edge 10E includes a notch 10A.
  • the notch 10A is a recessed portion in which a part of the edge 10E is depressed toward the inside of the light control sheet 10 from the edge 10E.
  • the notch 10A is located between the first electrode terminal 22P and the second electrode terminal 32P at the edge 10E.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 50 includes a first flexible wiring board 60 extending in the first direction D1 and a second flexible wiring board 70 extending in the second direction D2 intersecting the first direction D1.
  • the second direction D2 is perpendicular to the first direction D1, for example.
  • the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 are each one flexible printed circuit board (FPC).
  • the first flexible wiring board 60 includes a first bonded terminal 61P and a second bonded terminal 62P.
  • the first bonded terminal 61P includes, for example, tooth terminals arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1.
  • the first adhered terminal 61P is located on the second space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 1) with respect to the first electrode terminal 22P.
  • the first bonded terminal 61P faces the first electrode terminal 22P and is bonded so as to be electrically connected to the first electrode terminal 22P.
  • the second bonded terminal 62P includes, for example, tooth terminals arranged in a comb-like shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1.
  • the second adhered terminal 62P is located on the first space side (on the near side of the paper in FIG. 1) with respect to the second electrode terminal 32P.
  • the second bonded terminal 62P faces the second electrode terminal 32P and is bonded so as to be electrically connected to the second electrode terminal 32P.
  • the first bonded terminal 61P and the second bonded terminal 62P are lined up along the first direction D1 in the first flexible wiring board 60.
  • the first adhered terminal 61P is located at one end of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1.
  • the second adhered terminal 62P is located at the other end of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1.
  • the first bonded terminal 61P is located at the first end of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1.
  • the second adhered terminal 62P is located at a second end of the first flexible wiring board 60 opposite to the first end in the first direction D1.
  • the first bonded terminal 61P is located in a second space with respect to the light control sheet 10 through the notch 10A, and the second bonded terminal 62P is located in the second space with respect to the light control sheet 10. It is arranged so that it is located in the first space with respect to the first space.
  • the first flexible wiring board 60 includes a convex portion 65.
  • the convex portion 65 is located in the first flexible wiring board 60 between the first bonded terminal 61P and the second bonded terminal 62P in the first direction D1.
  • the convex portion 65 protrudes toward the light control sheet 10 along the second direction D2.
  • the width of the convex portion 65 is smaller than the width of the notch 10A.
  • the convex portion 65 is located inside the notch 10A when the flexible wiring board unit 50 is attached to the light control sheet 10.
  • the convex portion 65 when the convex portion 65 is arranged inside the notch 10A, it is preferable that the first adhered terminal 61P is appropriately arranged with respect to the first electrode terminal 22P in the first direction D1. At the same time, it is preferable that the second bonded terminal 62P is appropriately arranged with respect to the second electrode terminal 32P in the first direction D1. In this case, in the first direction D1, the flexible wiring board unit 50 can be attached to an appropriate position based on the arrangement of the convex portion 65 with respect to the notch 10A.
  • the second flexible wiring board 70 is arranged such that the first end of the second flexible wiring board 70 in the second direction D2 is located at the center of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1. It is mechanically and electrically connected to the flexible wiring board 60.
  • the second flexible wiring board 70 extends from the connection portion with the first flexible wiring board 60 along the second direction D2 to the opposite side to the light control sheet 10.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 50 has a substantially T-shaped outer shape due to the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70.
  • the second flexible wiring board 70 includes a first power terminal 73P and a second power terminal 74P.
  • the first power terminal 73P and the second power terminal 74P are located at a second end opposite to the first end in the second direction D2.
  • the first power supply terminal 73P and the second power supply terminal 74P are each connected to the external power supply 1A.
  • the external power supply 1A applies a voltage between the first transparent electrode sheet 20 and the second transparent electrode sheet 30 via the flexible wiring board unit 50. Thereby, the light control sheet 10 changes the light transmittance.
  • the light control sheet 10 includes a first transparent electrode sheet 20, a second transparent electrode sheet 30, and a light control layer 40.
  • the first transparent electrode sheet 20 includes a first transparent base material 21 and a first transparent electrode layer 22.
  • the second transparent electrode sheet 30 includes a second transparent base material 31 and a second transparent electrode layer 32.
  • the light control layer 40 is located between the first transparent electrode layer 22 and the second transparent electrode layer 32.
  • a first transparent base material 21, a first transparent electrode layer 22, a light control layer 40, a second transparent electrode layer 32, and a second transparent base material 31 are laminated in this order.
  • the first transparent base material 21 and the second transparent base material 31 have light transmittance to transmit visible light and electrical insulation.
  • the material forming the first transparent base material 21 and the second transparent base material 31 is an organic polymer compound or an inorganic polymer compound.
  • the organic polymer compound is, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of polyester, polyacrylate, polycarbonate, and polyolefin.
  • the inorganic polymer compound is, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of silicon dioxide, silicon oxynitride, and silicon nitride.
  • the first transparent electrode layer 22 and the second transparent electrode layer 32 each have light transmittance to transmit visible light and conductivity.
  • the materials forming the first transparent electrode layer 22 and the second transparent electrode layer 32 include, for example, indium tin oxide, fluorine-doped tin oxide, tin oxide, zinc oxide, carbon nanotubes, and poly 3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene. at least one selected from the group.
  • the light control layer 40 has different light transmittance before and after the voltage is applied through the first transparent electrode layer 22 and the second transparent electrode layer 32.
  • An example of the light control layer 40 includes a transparent organic polymer layer and a liquid crystal composition.
  • the transparent organic polymer layer defines a gap between the first transparent electrode layer 22 and the second transparent electrode layer 32.
  • the liquid crystal composition fills the voids in the transparent organic polymer layer.
  • the liquid crystal composition includes a liquid crystal compound.
  • liquid crystal compounds include Schiff base compounds, azo compounds, azoxy compounds, biphenyl compounds, terphenyl compounds, benzoic acid ester compounds, tolan compounds, pyrimidine compounds, cyclohexanecarboxylic acid ester compounds, and phenyl compounds. At least one selected from the group consisting of cyclohexane compounds and dioxane compounds.
  • the type in which the transparent organic polymer layer holds the liquid crystal composition is, for example, one selected from the group consisting of a polymer network type, a polymer dispersed type, and a capsule type.
  • the transparent organic polymer layer includes a transparent polymer network having a three-dimensional network structure, and holds the liquid crystal composition in the interconnected network voids.
  • the transparent organic polymer layer has a large number of isolated voids therein, and the liquid crystal composition is held in the voids dispersed in the transparent organic polymer layer.
  • the capsule type a liquid crystal composition having a capsule shape is held in a transparent organic polymer layer.
  • the liquid crystal composition may contain, in addition to the above-mentioned liquid crystal compound, a monomer for forming a transparent organic polymer layer and a dichroic dye.
  • the first electrode terminal 22P is a portion of the first transparent electrode layer 22 that is exposed from the second transparent electrode sheet 30 and the light control layer 40.
  • the first bonded terminal 61P of the first flexible wiring board 60 is bonded to the first electrode terminal 22P via the first conductive adhesive 61A so as to be electrically connected thereto.
  • the first conductive adhesive 61A is, for example, an anisotropic conductive film (ACF), an anisotropic conductive paste (ACP), an isotropic conductive film (ICF), and isotropic conductive paste (ICP).
  • a first sealing portion 61B for covering the end face of the light control layer 40 is provided on the first electrode terminal 22P.
  • the first sealing portion 61B is made of resin having insulation properties.
  • the material of the first sealing portion 61B is, for example, epoxy resin or acrylic resin.
  • the first sealing portion 61B is in close contact with the first electrode terminal 22P, and is also in close contact with the end face of the second transparent electrode sheet 30 and the end face of the light control layer 40.
  • the second electrode terminal 32P is a portion of the second transparent electrode layer 32 that is exposed from the first transparent electrode sheet 20 and the light control layer 40.
  • a second bonded terminal 62P of the first flexible wiring board 60 is bonded to the second electrode terminal 32P via a second conductive adhesive 62A so as to be electrically connected thereto.
  • the material of the second conductive adhesive 62A for example, the same kind of material as the first conductive adhesive 61A can be used.
  • a second sealing portion 62B for covering the end face of the light control layer 40 is provided on the second electrode terminal 32P.
  • the second sealing portion 62B is made of an insulating resin, and for example, epoxy resin, acrylic resin, or the like can be used.
  • the second sealing portion 62B is in close contact with the second electrode terminal 32P, and is also in close contact with the end face of the first transparent electrode sheet 20 and the end face of the light control layer 40.
  • the first sealing part 61B and the second sealing part 62B prevent the liquid crystal composition forming the light control layer 40 from leaking outside by covering the end face of the light control layer 40, and also prevent the liquid crystal composition from leaking to the outside. Prevents deterioration caused by acids, moisture, ultraviolet rays, etc.
  • the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 are arranged so that the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 intersect. are electrically connected.
  • a width W1 along the first direction D1 is larger than a width W2 along the second direction D2.
  • a width W4 along the second direction D2 is larger than a width W3 along the first direction D1.
  • the width W3 is, for example, less than 50% of the width W1, for example, 30% or less.
  • the width W2 is, for example, less than 50% of the width W4, for example, 30% or less.
  • the first flexible wiring board 60 includes a first relay terminal 63P and a second relay terminal 64P.
  • the first relay terminal 63P and the second relay terminal 64P are located between the first bonded terminal 61P and the second bonded terminal 62P in the first direction D1.
  • the first relay terminal 63P and the second relay terminal 64P are located at the center of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1, for example.
  • the first relay terminal 63P includes tooth terminals arranged in a comb-like shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1.
  • the first relay terminal 63P is electrically connected to the first bonded terminal 61P inside the first flexible wiring board 60.
  • the first bonded terminal 61P and the first relay terminal 63P are arranged so as to face opposite directions through the through hole 66. Note that the first adhered terminal 61P faces the front side of the paper in FIG. Further, the first relay terminal 63P faces toward the back side of the page in FIG. 4 .
  • the second relay terminal 64P includes tooth terminals arranged in a comb-like shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1.
  • the second relay terminal 64P is electrically connected to the second bonded terminal 62P inside the first flexible wiring board 60.
  • the second relay terminal 64P faces in the same direction as the second adhered terminal 62P (in FIG. 4, toward the back of the paper). Therefore, in the first flexible wiring board 60, the first bonded terminal 61P faces the opposite direction to the second bonded terminal 62P, the first relay terminal 63P, and the second relay terminal 64P.
  • the second flexible wiring board 70 includes a third relay terminal 71P and a fourth relay terminal 72P.
  • the third relay terminal 71P and the fourth relay terminal 72P are located at a first end opposite to the second end where the first power terminal 73P and the second power terminal 74P are located in the second direction D2. .
  • the relative position of the second relay terminal 64P with respect to the first relay terminal 63P is equal to the relative position of the fourth relay terminal 72P with respect to the third relay terminal 71P.
  • the third relay terminal 71P includes tooth terminals arranged in a comb-like shape at the same pitch as the first relay terminal 63P along the first direction D1.
  • the third relay terminal 71P is electrically connected to the first power supply terminal 73P inside the first flexible wiring board 60.
  • the fourth relay terminal 72P includes tooth terminals arranged in a comb-teeth shape along the first direction D1 at the same pitch as the second relay terminal 64P.
  • the fourth relay terminal 72P is electrically connected to the second power terminal 74P inside the first flexible wiring board 60.
  • the second flexible wiring board 70 has a third relay terminal 71P, a fourth relay terminal 72P, a first power supply terminal 73P, and a second power supply terminal 74P all facing in the same direction (the front side in the paper in FIG. 4). do.
  • the third relay terminal 71P is electrically connected to the first relay terminal 63P while facing the first relay terminal 63P.
  • the fourth relay terminal 72P is electrically connected to the second relay terminal 64P while facing the second relay terminal 64P.
  • an anisotropic conductive film, an anisotropic conductive paste, isotropic An adhesive consisting of at least one member selected from the group consisting of isotropic conductive film and isotropic conductive paste is used.
  • the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 connect the first relay terminal 63P and the third relay terminal 71P, and the connection between the second relay terminal 64P and the fourth relay terminal 72P. are connected together by.
  • the first bonded terminal 61P is electrically connected to the first power supply terminal 73P via the first relay terminal 63P and the third relay terminal 71P. Therefore, the external power supply 1A is electrically connected to the first transparent electrode sheet 20 via the first power supply terminal 73P, the third relay terminal 71P, the first relay terminal 63P, the first adhered terminal 61P, and the first electrode terminal 22P. connected to.
  • the second bonded terminal 62P is electrically connected to the second power supply terminal 74P via the second relay terminal 64P and the fourth relay terminal 72P. Therefore, the external power supply 1A is electrically connected to the second transparent electrode sheet 30 via the second power supply terminal 74P, the fourth relay terminal 72P, the second relay terminal 64P, the second adhered terminal 62P, and the second electrode terminal 32P. connected to.
  • FIG. 5 when manufacturing the first flexible wiring board 60, a plurality of first laminated sheets 80 on which materials forming the first flexible wiring board 60 are laminated are arranged. 1 flexible wiring board 60 is mounted. For example, a plurality of first flexible wiring boards 60 are placed on the first laminated sheet 80 along the second direction D2.
  • the first laminated sheet 80 has a double-sided structure including two outer film layers 81 and 82 and a double-sided conductor layer 83 disposed between the two outer film layers 81 and 82.
  • the double-sided conductor layer 83 includes, for example, two conductive layers 84 and 85 having conductivity, and an inner film layer 86 disposed between the two conductive layers 84 and 85.
  • the two outer film layers 81 and 82 and the inner film layer 86 are insulating resin films, and are made of polyimide, for example.
  • the two outer film layers 81 and 82 and the inner film layer 86 are examples of insulating layers.
  • the two conductor layers 84 and 85 are formed of copper foil, for example.
  • Conductor layer 84 contacts outer film layer 81 .
  • the first flexible wiring board 60 having a double-sided structure is formed by laminating an outer film layer 81, a conductor layer 84, an inner film layer 86, a conductor layer 85, and an outer film layer 82 in this order. Ru.
  • a plurality of terminals provided on one flexible wiring board face opposite directions.
  • a plurality of terminals included in one flexible wiring board can be arranged so as to face either of two opposite directions.
  • the first bonded terminal 61P, the first relay terminal 63P, and the through hole 66 are schematically shown in one cross section.
  • the first adhered terminal 61P is a portion where the conductor layer 84 is exposed when the outer film layer 81 is removed.
  • the first relay terminal 63P is a portion where the conductor layer 85 is exposed when the outer film layer 82 is removed.
  • the first bonded terminal 61P and the first relay terminal 63P face opposite directions.
  • Two conductor layers 84 and 85 located between the first adhered terminal 61P and the first relay terminal 63P are electrically connected via the through hole 66.
  • the second adhered terminal 62P and the second relay terminal 64P are portions where the conductor layer 85 is exposed when the outer film layer 82 is removed.
  • the second adhered terminal 62P and the second relay terminal 64P face the same direction as the first relay terminal 63P.
  • the second laminated sheet 90 when manufacturing the second flexible wiring board 70, a plurality of layers are included in the second laminated sheet 90 on which the materials forming the second flexible wiring board 70 are laminated. 2 flexible wiring board 70 is mounted.
  • the second laminated sheet 90 includes a plurality of second flexible wiring boards 70 lined up along the second direction D2, and adjacent second flexible wiring boards 70 arranged along the first direction D1. 70 are reversed 180 degrees and arranged alternately.
  • the second laminated sheet 90 has a single-sided structure including two film layers 91 and 92 and a conductor layer 93 disposed between the two film layers 91 and 92.
  • the two film layers 91 and 92 are each made of an insulating resin film, and are made of polyimide, for example.
  • the two film layers 91 and 92 are an example of an insulating layer.
  • the conductor layer 93 is formed of copper foil, for example.
  • the second flexible wiring board 70 having a single-sided structure is formed by laminating a film layer 91, a conductor layer 93, and a film layer 92 in this order.
  • the second flexible wiring board 70 having a single-sided structure has fewer layers in the stacking direction than the first flexible wiring board 60 having a double-sided structure.
  • a plurality of terminals included in one flexible wiring board face in one direction.
  • a plurality of terminals included in one flexible wiring board are arranged so as to face the same direction.
  • the third relay terminal 71P, the fourth relay terminal 72P, the first power terminal 73P, and the second power terminal 74P are schematically shown in one cross section.
  • the third relay terminal 71P, the fourth relay terminal 72P, the first power supply terminal 73P, and the second power supply terminal 74P are portions where the conductor layer 93 is exposed when the film layer 91 is removed.
  • the third relay terminal 71P, the fourth relay terminal 72P, the first power terminal 73P, and the second power terminal 74P face the same direction.
  • the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 which extend in different directions, are manufactured separately and then connected together. Thereby, the first flexible wiring board 60 can be efficiently laid out in the first laminated sheet 80 so as to increase the yield. Similarly, the second flexible wiring board 70 can be efficiently laid out in the second laminated sheet 90 so as to increase the yield. Therefore, the yield can be improved compared to the case where the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 are manufactured as one flexible wiring board.
  • the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 By manufacturing the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 separately, the first flexible wiring board 60 has a double-sided structure, while the second flexible wiring board 70 has a double-sided structure. It becomes possible to have a single-sided structure. If the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 are manufactured as one flexible wiring board, the entire flexible wiring board has a first laminated sheet having a double-sided structure. Formed from 80. The second laminated sheet 90 having a single-sided structure is thinner than the first laminated sheet 80 having a double-sided structure because it has fewer layers, and thus has high flexibility and bending resistance. . Furthermore, since the number of constituent layers is small, the manufacturing cost is also low.
  • the second flexible wiring board 70 has a single-sided structure, which simplifies the layer structure of the second flexible wiring board 70 and increases its flexibility. can be increased. Furthermore, manufacturing costs can be reduced compared to the case where the entire flexible wiring board unit 50 has a double-sided structure.
  • the first relay terminal 63P and the second relay terminal 64P are arranged in the first flexible wiring board 60 so as to face the same direction.
  • the third relay terminal 71P and the fourth relay terminal 72P are arranged in the second flexible wiring board 70 so as to face the same direction. Therefore, the first relay terminal 63P and the third relay terminal 71P can be connected at the same time, and the second relay terminal 64P and the fourth relay terminal 72P can be connected at the same time. Thereby, the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 can be efficiently connected.
  • the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 which extend in different directions, are manufactured separately and then integrated into one. Connected. Therefore, each of the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 can be efficiently surfaced to increase the yield. Thereby, the yield can be improved compared to the case where the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 are manufactured as one flexible wiring board.
  • the first flexible wiring board 60 has a double-sided structure, while the second flexible wiring board 70 has a single-sided structure.
  • the layer structure of the second flexible wiring board 70 can be simplified compared to the case where the entire flexible wiring board unit 50 has a double-sided structure.
  • the flexibility of the second flexible wiring board 70 can be increased. It also becomes possible to reduce manufacturing costs.
  • the first relay terminal 63P and the second relay terminal 64P are arranged so as to face the same direction, and the third relay terminal 71P and the fourth relay terminal 72P are arranged so as to face the same direction.
  • the second flexible wiring board 70 is positioned relative to the first flexible wiring board 60 at a position offset from the center of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1 to one end side. May be connected. That is, the first relay terminal 63P and the second relay terminal 64P may be located biased toward the first bonded terminal 61P or biased toward the second bonded terminal 62P in the first direction D1. may be located. For example, the first relay terminal 63P and the second relay terminal 64P may be located at one end of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1. In this case, the second flexible wiring board 70 is connected to the first flexible wiring board 60 at one end of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 50 has a shape in which the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 are connected at the center of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1.
  • the imposition efficiency becomes particularly poor.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 50 can be manufactured as one flexible wiring board. The effect of improving yield is greater when compared to the case where
  • the second direction D2 may be any direction as long as it intersects with the first direction D1.
  • the second flexible wiring board 70 may be connected diagonally to the first flexible wiring board 60. Even in this case, advantages similar to (1-1) and (1-2) above can be obtained. Note that, like the combination of the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70, two flexible wiring board units 50 in which the extending directions of the two flexible wiring boards are orthogonal are combined into one flexible wiring board unit 50. When manufactured as a flexible wiring board, the imposition efficiency is particularly poor.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 50 can be integrated into one flexible wiring board.
  • the effect of improving the yield is greater when compared to the case of manufacturing as
  • the second flexible wiring board 70 may have a double-sided structure.
  • the first power terminal 73P and the second power terminal 74P may face opposite directions.
  • a through hole is provided between the third relay terminal 71P and the first power supply terminal 73P or between the fourth relay terminal 72P and the second power supply terminal 74P. In this case, the degree of freedom in connecting the first power terminal 73P and the second power terminal 74P to the external power source 1A is increased.
  • a light control unit 101 of the second embodiment includes a light control sheet 10 similar to that of the first embodiment and a flexible wiring board unit 150.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 150 is connected to the edge 10E of the light control sheet 10.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 150 includes a first flexible wiring board 160 extending in the first direction D1 and a second flexible wiring board 170 extending in the second direction D2 intersecting the first direction D1.
  • the first flexible wiring board 160 and the second flexible wiring board 170 are electrically connected so that the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 intersect.
  • the first flexible wiring board 160 is responsible for electrical connection with the light control sheet 10, which is an example of a power supply target, in the flexible wiring board unit 150.
  • the second flexible wiring board 170 is responsible for electrical connection with the external power supply 1A in the flexible wiring board unit 150.
  • the first flexible wiring board 160 and the second flexible wiring board 170 are each one flexible printed circuit board (FPC).
  • the first flexible wiring board 160 includes a first bonded terminal 161 and a second bonded terminal 162.
  • the first bonded terminal 161 and the second bonded terminal 162 are lined up along the first direction D1 in the first flexible wiring board 160.
  • the first bonded terminal 161 is located at one end of the first flexible wiring board 160 in the first direction D1.
  • the second adhered terminal 162 is located at the other end of the first flexible wiring board 160 in the first direction D1.
  • the first bonded terminal 161 is located at the first end of the first flexible wiring board 160 in the first direction D1.
  • the second adhered terminal 162 is located at a second end of the first flexible wiring board 160 opposite to the first end in the first direction D1.
  • the first bonded terminal 161 is located on the second space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 9) with respect to the first electrode terminal 22P, and has a surface facing the first space (the front side of the paper in FIG. 9). do.
  • the first bonded terminal 161 includes a plurality of first bonded tooth terminals 161P arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1.
  • the first tooth terminal 161P to be bonded is bonded so as to be electrically connected to the first electrode terminal 22P while facing the first electrode terminal 22P.
  • the second adhered terminal 162 is located on the first space side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 9) with respect to the second electrode terminal 32P, and has a surface facing the second space (the back side of the paper in FIG. 9). do.
  • the second bonded terminal 162 includes a plurality of second bonded tooth terminals 162P arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1.
  • the second tooth terminal 162P to be bonded is bonded so as to be electrically connected to the second electrode terminal 32P while facing the second electrode terminal 32P.
  • the first flexible wiring board 160 includes a first relay terminal 163 and a second relay terminal 164.
  • the first relay terminal 163 and the second relay terminal 164 are lined up in the first flexible wiring board 160 along the second direction D2 at a constant distance from each other.
  • the first relay terminal 163 and the second relay terminal 164 face the first space side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 9).
  • the first bonded terminal 161 and the second bonded terminal 162 are located at one end of the first flexible wiring board 160 in the second direction D2.
  • the second relay terminal 164 is located at the other end of the first flexible wiring board 160 opposite to the first bonded terminal 161 and the second bonded terminal 162 in the second direction D2.
  • the first bonded terminal 161 and the second bonded terminal 162 are located at the first end of the first flexible wiring board 160 in the second direction D2.
  • the second relay terminal 164 is located at an end of the first flexible wiring board 160 opposite to the first bonded terminal 161 and the second bonded terminal 162 in the second direction D2, that is, the first end. located at the opposite second end.
  • the first relay terminal 163 is located between the first bonded terminal 161, the second bonded terminal 162, and the second relay terminal 164 in the second direction D2.
  • the first relay terminal 163 includes a plurality of first tooth terminals 163P arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a constant pitch along the first direction D1. As an example, in the first relay terminal 163, a plurality of first tooth terminals 163P are lined up from the position of the first to-be-bonded terminal 161 to the position of the second to-be-bonded terminal 162 in the first direction D1.
  • the second relay terminal 164 includes a plurality of second tooth terminals 164P arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a constant pitch along the first direction D1.
  • a plurality of second tooth terminals 164P are lined up from the position of the first to-be-bonded terminal 161 to the position of the second to-be-bonded terminal 162 in the first direction D1.
  • the first end of the second flexible wiring board 170 in the second direction D2 is mechanically and electrically connected to the first flexible wiring board 160.
  • the second flexible wiring board 170 extends from the connection portion with the first flexible wiring board 160 along the second direction D2 to the side opposite to the light control sheet 10.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 150 has a substantially T-shaped outer shape due to the first flexible wiring board 160 and the second flexible wiring board 170.
  • the second flexible wiring board 170 includes a third relay terminal 171 and a fourth relay terminal 172.
  • the third relay terminal 171 and the fourth relay terminal 172 are located at the first end of the second flexible wiring board 170 in the second direction D2.
  • the third relay terminal 171 and the fourth relay terminal 172 are connected along the first direction D1 with the fourth relay terminal 172 spaced apart from the third relay terminal 171 by a certain distance along the second direction D2. line up.
  • the third relay terminal 171 and the fourth relay terminal 172 face the second space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 9).
  • the third relay terminal 171 includes a plurality of third tooth terminals 171P arranged in a comb-teeth pattern at a constant pitch along the first direction D1.
  • the fourth relay terminal 172 includes a plurality of fourth tooth terminals 172P arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a constant pitch along the first direction D1.
  • the pitches at which the first tooth terminals 163P, the second tooth terminals 164P, the third tooth terminals 171P, and the fourth tooth terminals 172P are arranged are equal to each other.
  • the number of first tooth terminals 163P is equal to the number of second tooth terminals 164P.
  • the number of third tooth terminals 171P is equal to the number of fourth tooth terminals 172P.
  • the number of first tooth terminals 163P is greater than the number of third tooth terminals 171P.
  • the number of second tooth terminals 164P is greater than the number of fourth tooth terminals 172P.
  • Each third tooth terminal 171P is mechanically and electrically connected to any one of the plurality of first tooth terminals 163P.
  • each fourth tooth terminal 172P is mechanically and electrically connected to any one of the plurality of second tooth terminals 164P. This mechanically and electrically connects the first flexible wiring board 160 and the second flexible wiring board 170.
  • the second flexible wiring board 170 includes a first power terminal 173P and a second power terminal 174P.
  • the first power terminal 173P and the second power terminal 174P are located at a second end opposite to the first end where the third relay terminal 171 and the fourth relay terminal 172 are located in the second direction D2. .
  • the first power supply terminal 173P and the second power supply terminal 174P are each connected to the external power supply 1A.
  • the external power supply 1A applies a voltage between the first transparent electrode sheet 20 and the second transparent electrode sheet 30 via the flexible wiring board unit 150.
  • the light control sheet 10 changes the light transmittance.
  • the light control sheet 10 is an example of a power supply target to which the external power supply 1A supplies power via the flexible wiring board unit 150.
  • the first flexible wiring board 160 includes a first outer insulating layer 160A, a second outer insulating layer 160B, an inner insulating layer 160C, a first conductor layer 160D, and a second conductor layer. 160E (see FIG. 11).
  • the inner insulating layer 160C is located between the first outer insulating layer 160A and the second outer insulating layer 160B.
  • the first outer insulating layer 160A is located on the side of the first space defined by the light control sheet 10 with respect to the inner insulating layer 160C.
  • the second outer insulating layer 160B is located on the side of the second space defined by the light control sheet 10 with respect to the inner insulating layer 160C.
  • the first outer insulating layer 160A, the second outer insulating layer 160B, and the inner insulating layer 160C are insulating resin films, and are made of polyimide, for example.
  • the first conductor layer 160D is located between the first outer insulating layer 160A and the inner insulating layer 160C.
  • the second conductor layer 160E is located between the second outer insulating layer 160B and the inner insulating layer 160C.
  • the first conductor layer 160D and the second conductor layer 160E are conductive metal films, and are made of copper foil, for example. Note that the second conductor layer 160E is not arranged in the cross section shown in FIG. Further, the first conductor layer 160D shown in FIG. 10 is electrically insulated from the first conductor layer 160D shown in FIG. 11.
  • the first flexible wiring board 160 having a double-sided structure includes a first outer insulating layer 160A, a first conductor layer 160D, an inner insulating layer 160C, a second conductor layer 160E, and a second outer insulating layer 160B. They are formed by laminating in this order.
  • the first bonded terminal 161 and the first relay terminal 163 are located at the portion of the first flexible wiring board 160 where the first conductor layer 160D is exposed from the first outer insulating layer 160A. be.
  • the first adhered terminal 161 is electrically connected to the first relay terminal 163 inside the first flexible wiring board 160 via the first conductor layer 160D.
  • a first bonded terminal 161 is bonded to the first electrode terminal 22P via a first conductive adhesive 61A so as to be electrically connected thereto.
  • a first sealing portion 61B for covering the end face of the light control layer 40 is provided on the first electrode terminal 22P.
  • the second bonded terminal 162 is a portion of the first flexible wiring board 160 where the second conductor layer 160E is exposed from the second outer insulating layer 160B.
  • the second relay terminal 164 is a portion of the first flexible wiring board 160 where the first conductor layer 160D is exposed from the first outer insulating layer 160A.
  • the second conductor layer 160E forming the second adhered terminal 162 and the first conductor layer 160D forming the second relay terminal 164 are electrically connected via a through hole 165.
  • a second bonded terminal 162 of the first flexible wiring board 160 is bonded to the second electrode terminal 32P via a second conductive adhesive 62A so as to be electrically connected thereto.
  • a second sealing portion 62B for covering the end face of the light control layer 40 is provided on the second electrode terminal 32P.
  • the length of the first relay terminal 163 is equal to the length of the second relay terminal 164 in the first direction D1.
  • the second relay terminal 164 is disposed at a position shifted toward the second adhered terminal 162 by a distance L1 with respect to the first relay terminal 163.
  • a plurality of through holes 165 are arranged between the end of the first flexible wiring board 160 on the second bonded terminal 162 side and the first relay terminal 163.
  • the second relay terminal 164 is arranged at a constant distance L2 from the first relay terminal 163.
  • the first tooth terminal 163P will be explained with reference to FIG. 13. Note that in FIG. 13, the first conductor layer 160D is shown with thin dots. Further, since the second tooth terminal 164P has the same configuration as the first tooth terminal 163P, a detailed explanation thereof will be omitted.
  • each first tooth terminal 163P includes a first convex portion 166.
  • the first convex portion 166 is an example of a reference portion for arranging the third tooth terminal 171P at an appropriate position with respect to the first tooth terminal 163P in each of the first direction D1 and the second direction D2.
  • the first convex portion 166 protrudes from the side edge of the first tooth terminal 163P from the first bonded terminal 161 side toward the second bonded terminal 162 side along the first direction D1.
  • the length from the center of the portion of the first tooth terminal 163P extending in the second direction D2 to the tip of the first convex portion 166 is a distance L3.
  • the first convex portion 166 is located approximately at the center of the first tooth terminal 163P in the second direction D2.
  • FIG. 14 shows the second flexible wiring board 170 in a state in which the front and back sides are reversed from the state shown in FIG.
  • the second flexible wiring board 170 includes a third outer insulating layer 170A, a fourth outer insulating layer 170B, and a conductor layer 170C.
  • the conductor layer 170C is located between the third outer insulating layer 170A and the fourth outer insulating layer 170B.
  • the third outer insulating layer 170A is located on the first space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 14) with respect to the conductor layer 170C.
  • the fourth outer insulating layer 170B is located on the second space side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 14) with respect to the conductor layer 170C.
  • the third outer insulating layer 170A and the fourth outer insulating layer 170B are insulating resin films, and are made of polyimide, for example.
  • the conductor layer 170C is a metal film having conductivity, and is made of copper foil, for example.
  • the second flexible wiring board 170 having a single-sided structure is formed by laminating a third outer insulating layer 170A, a conductor layer 170C, and a fourth outer insulating layer 170B in this order.
  • the second flexible wiring board 170 having a single-sided structure has fewer layers in the stacking direction than the first flexible wiring board 160 having a double-sided structure.
  • the third relay terminal 171, the fourth relay terminal 172, the first power supply terminal 173P, and the second power supply terminal 174P included in the second flexible wiring board 170 are the portions where the conductor layer 170C is exposed from the fourth outer insulating layer 170B. It is.
  • the conductor layer 170C electrically connects the third relay terminal 171 and the first power terminal 173P inside the second flexible wiring board 170, and also connects the fourth relay terminal 172 and the second power terminal 174P. Connect electrically. Note that in the conductor layer 170C, a portion connecting the third relay terminal 171 and the first power terminal 173P is electrically insulated from a portion connecting the fourth relay terminal 172 and the second power terminal 174P. ing.
  • the length of the third relay terminal 171 is equal to the length of the fourth relay terminal 172.
  • the distance L4 from the end of the third relay terminal 171 that is far from the fourth relay terminal 172 to the end of the fourth relay terminal 172 that is close to the third relay terminal 171 is: Equal to distance L1.
  • the fourth relay terminal 172 is arranged with a certain distance L5 from the third relay terminal 171. Distance L5 is equal to distance L2.
  • each fourth tooth terminal 172P when each third tooth terminal 171P is electrically connected to any one of the plurality of first tooth terminals 163P, each fourth tooth terminal 172P is connected to the plurality of second tooth terminals 164P. electrically connected to one of the following.
  • the third relay terminal 171 connects the fourth tooth terminal 171 so that when each third tooth terminal 171P is connected to the first tooth terminal 163P, each fourth tooth terminal 172P is connected to the second tooth terminal 164P. It is arranged with respect to the relay terminal 172.
  • the second bonded terminal 162 is connected to the first bonded terminal 161, the first relay terminal 163, and is arranged so as to face the opposite direction to the second relay terminal 164.
  • the third relay terminal 171, the fourth relay terminal 172, the first power supply terminal 173P, and the The two power supply terminals 174P are arranged so as to face the same direction.
  • the third tooth terminal 171P will be explained with reference to FIG. 15. Note that in FIG. 15, the conductor layer 170C is shown with dark dots. Further, since the fourth tooth terminal 172P has the same configuration as the third tooth terminal 171P, a detailed explanation thereof will be omitted.
  • the plurality of third tooth terminals 171P are lined up at a constant pitch P1 along the first direction D1.
  • the third tooth terminals 171P located at each end in the first direction D1 among the plurality of third tooth terminals 171P each include two second convex portions 175.
  • the second convex portion 175 is an example of a positioning portion for arranging the third tooth terminal 171P at an appropriate position with respect to the first tooth terminal 163P in each of the first direction D1 and the second direction D2.
  • the second convex portion 175 protrudes from the side edge of the third tooth terminal 171P from the third relay terminal 171 side toward the fourth relay terminal 172 side along the first direction D1.
  • the length from the center of the portion of the third tooth terminal 171P extending in the second direction D2 to the tip of the second convex portion 175 is a distance L6.
  • the distance L6 is, for example, larger than the distance L3.
  • the two second convex portions 175 are arranged with a gap greater than the width of the first convex portion 166 in the second direction D2.
  • Each third tooth terminal 171P is electrically connected to any one of the plurality of first tooth terminals 163P in a facing state.
  • each fourth tooth terminal 172P is electrically connected to the second tooth terminal 164P while facing any one of the plurality of second tooth terminals 164P.
  • the connection between the first tooth terminal 163P and the third tooth terminal 171P and the connection between the second tooth terminal 164P and the fourth tooth terminal 172P can be made using, for example, an anisotropic conductive film, an anisotropic conductive paste, an isotropic conductive paste, etc.
  • An adhesive consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of a conductive film and an isotropic conductive paste is used.
  • the first flexible wiring board 160 and the second flexible wiring board 170 connect the first tooth terminal 163P and the third tooth terminal 171P, and the connection between the second tooth terminal 164P and the fourth tooth terminal 172P. are connected together by.
  • the first tooth terminal 163P and the second tooth terminal 164P face the same direction
  • the third tooth terminal 171P and the fourth tooth terminal 172P face the same direction. Therefore, the connection between the first tooth terminal 163P and the third tooth terminal 171P and the connection between the second tooth terminal 164P and the fourth tooth terminal 172P can be performed at the same time.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 150 can change the arrangement of the third tooth terminal 171P with respect to the first tooth terminal 163P and the arrangement of the fourth tooth terminal 172P with respect to the second tooth terminal 164P for each pitch P1. That is, the flexible wiring board unit 150 can change the arrangement of the second flexible wiring board 170 with respect to the first flexible wiring board 160 at every pitch P1 in the first direction D1.
  • the first bonded terminal 161 is electrically connected to the external power supply 1A via the first relay terminal 163, the third relay terminal 171, and the first power supply terminal 173P.
  • the second adhered terminal 162 is electrically connected to the external power supply 1A via the second relay terminal 164, the fourth relay terminal 172, and the second power supply terminal 174P.
  • the first tooth terminals 163P that are not connected to the third tooth terminals 171P are sealed by, for example, applying and curing an insulating resin paste.
  • the second tooth terminals 164P that are not connected to the fourth tooth terminals 172P are sealed, for example, by applying and curing an insulating resin paste.
  • the connection portion between the first tooth terminal 163P and the third tooth terminal 171P will be described.
  • the first conductor layer 160D of the first flexible wiring board 160 is shown with thin dots
  • the conductor layer 170C is shown with dark dots.
  • the second tooth terminal 164P and the fourth tooth terminal 172P have the same configuration as the first tooth terminal 163P and the third tooth terminal 171P, detailed explanation thereof will be omitted.
  • Each third tooth terminal 171P is connected to any one of the plurality of first tooth terminals 163P in an overlapping state.
  • the first protrusion 166 of the first tooth terminal 163P is located between the two second protrusions 175 of the third tooth terminal 171P located at each end of the first direction D1.
  • the tips of the two second convex parts 175 are located between the adjacent first tooth terminals 163P, and are located between the first convex part 166 and the other closest to the first convex part 166. It is located between the side edge of the first tooth terminal 163P.
  • the first convex portion 166 is located inside the recess formed by the side edge of the third tooth terminal 171P and the two second convex portions 175.
  • the first protrusion 166 is arranged inside the recess formed by the side edge of the third tooth terminal 171P and the two second protrusions 175, in each of the first direction D1 and the second direction D2,
  • the first tooth terminal 163P is properly placed on the third tooth terminal 171P. That is, in each of the first direction D1 and the second direction D2, based on the relative arrangement of the first convex portion 166 and the two second convex portions 175, the third tooth terminal is placed relative to the first tooth terminal 163P.
  • 171P can be placed at an appropriate position.
  • each third tooth terminal 171P included in the third relay terminal 171 can be placed at an appropriate position with respect to the first tooth terminal 163P to which each third tooth terminal 171P is connected.
  • the first convex portion 166 is provided on each of the first tooth terminals 163P. Therefore, no matter which first tooth terminal 163P the third tooth terminal 171P having the two second convex portions 175 is connected to, the two second convex portions 175 are properly connected to the first convex portion 166.
  • the third tooth terminal 171P can be placed at an appropriate position with respect to the first tooth terminal 163P.
  • the arrangement of the second flexible wiring board 170 with respect to the first flexible wiring board 160 can be changed at every pitch P1 in the first direction D1.
  • the position where the second portion 332 is pulled out from the first portion 331 is determined depending on the wiring route from the light control sheet 300 to the external power source 340. If the positions at which the second portion 332 is pulled out from the first portion 331 are different, even if the first portion 331 and the second portion 332 have the same shape, the entire flexible wiring board 330 may be replaced with a new flexible wiring board having a different shape. It is necessary to manufacture it as a flexible wiring board.
  • multiple types of wiring routes can be realized by changing the arrangement of the second flexible wiring board 170 with respect to the first flexible wiring board 160. can.
  • the first relay terminal 163 and the second relay terminal 164 in the first flexible wiring board 160 face the same direction
  • the third relay terminal in the second flexible wiring board 170 faces the same direction
  • Relay terminal 171 and fourth relay terminal 172 face the same direction.
  • the second bonded terminal 162 faces in the opposite direction to the first bonded terminal 161, the first relay terminal 163, and the second relay terminal 164. Further, in the second flexible wiring board 170, the third relay terminal 171, the fourth relay terminal 172, the first power terminal 173P, and the second power terminal 174P face the same direction. With such a configuration, the layer structure of the second flexible wiring board 170 can be simplified even if the first bonded terminal 161 and the second bonded terminal 162 are required to face in opposite directions. be able to. As a result, it becomes possible to improve the bending resistance and flexibility of the second flexible wiring board 170.
  • each first tooth terminal 163P and each second tooth terminal 164P is not limited to the first convex portion 166.
  • the positioning portion included in the terminal 172P is not limited to the two second convex portions 175.
  • the reference portion and the positioning portion properly align the third tooth terminal 171P with respect to the first tooth terminal 163P, or the fourth tooth terminal 172P with respect to the second tooth terminal 164P, based on the arrangement of the positioning portion with respect to the reference portion. Any shape is acceptable as long as it can be placed in a suitable position.
  • each second tooth terminal 164P may not be provided. In this case, it is sufficient to provide the second protrusion 175 only on the third tooth terminal 171P, and it is not necessary to provide the second protrusion 175 on the fourth tooth terminal 172P.
  • each second tooth terminal 164P is provided with a first convex portion 166, while each first tooth terminal 163P is provided with a first protrusion 166.
  • the first convex portion 166 may not be provided. In this case, it is sufficient to provide the second protrusion 175 only on the fourth tooth terminal 172P, and it is not necessary to provide the second protrusion 175 on the third tooth terminal 171P.
  • first convex portion 166 is not provided on either the first tooth terminal 163P or the second tooth terminal 164P, and the second convex portion 175 is not provided on either the third tooth terminal 171P or the fourth tooth terminal 172P. It is not necessary to provide
  • the first power terminal 173P and the second power terminal 174P may face opposite directions.
  • a through hole is provided between the third relay terminal 171 and the first power terminal 173P or between the fourth relay terminal 172 and the second power terminal 174P.
  • the degree of freedom in connecting the first power terminal 173P and the second power terminal 174P to the external power source 1A is increased.
  • the first relay terminal 163 and the second relay terminal 164 may face opposite directions.
  • the first relay terminal 163 faces the same direction as the first bonded terminal 161
  • the second relay terminal 164 faces the same direction as the second bonded terminal 162
  • the first bonded terminal 161 and the 1 relay terminal 163 may face in the opposite direction.
  • the first adhered terminal 161 and the first relay terminal 163 are electrically connected by the first conductor layer 160D.
  • the second adhered terminal 162 and the second relay terminal 164 are electrically connected by the second conductor layer 160E. Note that the through hole 165 may not be provided.
  • the first relay terminals 163 and the second relay terminals 164 can be arranged in the stacking direction in which the layers forming the first flexible wiring board 160 are arranged. Therefore, the distance by which the first flexible wiring board 160 protrudes from the light control sheet 10 in the second direction D2 can be reduced.
  • the second flexible wiring board 170 in this case has the third relay terminal 171 and the fourth relay terminal 172 arranged so that the third relay terminal 171 and the fourth relay terminal 172 face opposite directions. is placed. In this case, the connection between the first relay terminal 163 and the third relay terminal 171 and the connection between the second relay terminal 164 and the fourth relay terminal 172 are performed separately. Note that in the second flexible wiring board 170, the first power terminal 173P and the second power terminal 174P may face opposite directions or may face the same direction.
  • the first tooth terminal 163P that is not connected to the third tooth terminal 171P has the first outer insulating layer 160A located on the outer surface side not removed. 160A.
  • at least the first tooth terminal 163P connected to the third tooth terminal 171P should be exposed from the first outer insulating layer 160A.
  • a light control unit 201 of the third embodiment includes a light control sheet 10 similar to that of the first embodiment and a flexible wiring board unit 250.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 250 is connected to the edge 10E of the light control sheet 10.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 250 includes a first flexible wiring board 260 extending in the first direction D1 and a second flexible wiring board 270 extending in the second direction D2 intersecting the first direction D1.
  • the first flexible wiring board 260 and the second flexible wiring board 270 are electrically connected so that the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 intersect.
  • the first flexible wiring board 260 is responsible for electrical connection with the light control sheet 10, which is an example of a power supply target, in the flexible wiring board unit 250.
  • the second flexible wiring board 270 is responsible for electrical connection with the external power supply 1A in the flexible wiring board unit 250.
  • the first flexible wiring board 260 and the second flexible wiring board 270 are each one flexible printed circuit board (FPC).
  • the first flexible wiring board 260 includes a first bonded terminal 261P and a second bonded terminal 262P.
  • the first bonded terminals 261P and the second bonded terminals 262P are lined up along the first direction D1 in the first flexible wiring board 260.
  • the first adhered terminal 261P is located at one end of the first flexible wiring board 260 in the first direction D1.
  • the second adhered terminal 262P is located at the other end of the first flexible wiring board 260 in the first direction D1.
  • the first bonded terminal 261P is located at the first end of the first flexible wiring board 260 in the first direction D1.
  • the second adhered terminal 262P is located at a second end of the first flexible wiring board 260 opposite to the first end in the first direction D1.
  • the first bonded terminal 261P is located on the second space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 17) with respect to the first electrode terminal 22P, and has a surface facing the first space (the front side of the paper in FIG. 17). do.
  • the first bonded terminal 261P includes, for example, a plurality of tooth terminals arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1.
  • the first bonded terminal 261P faces the first electrode terminal 22P and is bonded so as to be electrically connected to the first electrode terminal 22P.
  • the second bonded terminal 262P is located on the first space side (the front side of the page in FIG. 17) with respect to the second electrode terminal 32P, and has a surface facing the second space side (the back side of the page in FIG. 17). do.
  • the second bonded terminal 262P includes, for example, a plurality of tooth terminals arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1.
  • the second bonded terminal 262P is bonded so as to be electrically connected to the second electrode terminal 32P while facing the second electrode terminal 32P.
  • the first flexible wiring board 260 includes a plurality of first relay terminals 263P and a plurality of second relay terminals 264P.
  • the first relay terminals 263P and the second relay terminals 264P are arranged alternately in a line along the first direction D1.
  • the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P face the first space side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 17).
  • Each of the first relay terminals 263P and each of the second relay terminals 264P includes a plurality of tooth terminals arranged in a comb shape at a constant pitch along the first direction D1.
  • Each first relay terminal 263P and each second relay terminal 264P have the same number of tooth terminals lined up at the same pitch. Note that, as an example, the number of first relay terminals 263P is the same as the number of second relay terminals 264P, but the number may be greater than the number of second relay terminals 264P, or may be less than the number of second relay terminals 264P.
  • Each first relay terminal 263P is electrically connected to a first bonded terminal 261P inside the first flexible wiring board 260.
  • Each second relay terminal 264P is electrically connected to the second bonded terminal 262P via a plurality of through holes 265 inside the first flexible wiring board 60.
  • the first end of the second flexible wiring board 270 in the second direction D2 is mechanically and electrically connected to the first flexible wiring board 260.
  • the second flexible wiring board 270 extends from the connection portion with the first flexible wiring board 260 along the second direction D2 to the side opposite to the light control sheet 10.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 250 has a substantially T-shaped outer shape due to the first flexible wiring board 260 and the second flexible wiring board 270.
  • the second flexible wiring board 270 includes a third relay terminal 271P and a fourth relay terminal 272P.
  • the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P are located at the first end of the second flexible wiring board 270 in the second direction D2.
  • the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P are lined up along the first direction D1.
  • the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P face the second space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 17).
  • the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P include a plurality of tooth terminals arranged in a comb-like shape at a constant pitch along the first direction D1.
  • the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P each have the same number of tooth terminals, and the pitch at which the tooth terminals are arranged is also the same. Further, the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P have the same number of tooth terminals as the tooth terminals provided in each of the first relay terminals 263P and each second relay terminal 264P, and the pitches at which the tooth terminals are arranged are also equal.
  • the third relay terminal 271P is connected to one of the adjacent first relay terminal 263P and second relay terminal 264P among the plurality of first relay terminals 263P and the plurality of second relay terminals 264P arranged in a row.
  • the fourth relay terminal 272P is connected to the other of the adjacent first relay terminal 263P and second relay terminal 264P among the plurality of first relay terminals 263P and the plurality of second relay terminals 264P arranged in a row.
  • the second flexible wiring board 270 includes a first power terminal 273P and a second power terminal 274P.
  • the first power terminal 273P and the second power terminal 274P are located at a second end opposite to the first end where the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P are located in the second direction D2. .
  • the first power supply terminal 273P and the second power supply terminal 274P are each connected to the external power supply 1A.
  • the external power supply 1A applies a voltage between the first transparent electrode sheet 20 and the second transparent electrode sheet 30 via the flexible wiring board unit 250.
  • the light control sheet 10 changes the light transmittance.
  • the light control sheet 10 is an example of a power supply target to which the external power supply 1A supplies power via the flexible wiring board unit 250.
  • the first flexible wiring board 260 includes a first outer insulating layer 260A, a second outer insulating layer 260B, an inner insulating layer 260C, a first conductor layer 260D, and a second conductor layer. 260E (see FIG. 19).
  • the inner insulating layer 260C is located between the first outer insulating layer 260A and the second outer insulating layer 260B.
  • the first outer insulating layer 260A is located on the side of the first space defined by the light control sheet 10 with respect to the inner insulating layer 260C.
  • the second outer insulating layer 260B is located on the side of the second space defined by the light control sheet 10 with respect to the inner insulating layer 260C.
  • the first outer insulating layer 260A, the second outer insulating layer 260B, and the inner insulating layer 260C are insulating resin films, and are made of polyimide, for example.
  • the first conductor layer 260D is located between the first outer insulating layer 260A and the inner insulating layer 260C.
  • the second conductor layer 260E is located between the second outer insulating layer 260B and the inner insulating layer 260C.
  • the first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E are conductive metal films, and are made of copper foil, for example. Note that the second conductor layer 260E is not arranged in the cross section shown in FIG. Further, the first conductor layer 260D shown in FIG. 18 is electrically insulated from the first conductor layer 260D shown in FIG. 19.
  • the first flexible wiring board 260 having a double-sided structure includes a first outer insulating layer 260A, a first conductor layer 260D, an inner insulating layer 260C, a second conductor layer 260E, and a second outer insulating layer 260B. They are formed by being laminated in this order.
  • the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P are located in the portion of the first flexible wiring board 260 where the first conductor layer 260D is exposed from the first outer insulating layer 260A. be.
  • the first adhered terminal 261P is electrically connected to the first relay terminal 263P via the first conductor layer 260D inside the first flexible wiring board 260.
  • a first bonded terminal 261P is electrically bonded to the first electrode terminal 22P via a first conductive adhesive 61A.
  • a first sealing portion 61B for covering the end face of the light control layer 40 is provided on the first electrode terminal 22P.
  • the second bonded terminal 262P is a portion of the first flexible wiring board 260 where the second conductor layer 260E is exposed from the second outer insulating layer 260B.
  • the second relay terminal 264P is a portion of the first flexible wiring board 260 where the first conductor layer 260D is exposed from the first outer insulating layer 260A.
  • the second conductor layer 260E forming the second adhered terminal 262P and the first conductor layer 260D forming the second relay terminal 264P are electrically connected via the through hole 265.
  • a second bonded terminal 262P of the first flexible wiring board 260 is electrically bonded to the second electrode terminal 32P via a second conductive adhesive 62A.
  • a second sealing portion 62B for covering the end face of the light control layer 40 is provided on the second electrode terminal 32P.
  • the first conductor layer 260D includes a first portion 260D1 and a second portion 260D2.
  • the first portion 260D1 forms the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P in the first conductor layer 260D, and connects the first bonded terminal 261P and each first relay terminal 263P.
  • the first bonded terminal 261P is located at one end in the second direction D2
  • each first relay terminal 263P is located at the other end in the second direction D2.
  • the first conductor layer 260D extends in the second direction D2 from the first adhered terminal 261P toward each first relay terminal 263P.
  • the second portion 260D2 forms the second adhered terminal 262P of the first conductor layer 260D.
  • One end of the second portion 260D2 overlaps with the second conductor layer 260E via the inner insulating layer 260C and is connected to the second conductor layer 260E via a plurality of through holes 265.
  • the plurality of through holes 265 are located at the end of the first flexible wiring board 260 on the second bonded terminal 262P side in the first direction D1.
  • the plurality of through holes 265 are located between the second bonded terminal 262P and each second relay terminal 264P in the second direction D2. Note that the number of through holes 265 may be determined according to the magnitude of the current flowing through the second portion 260D2 and the second conductor layer 260E, and for example, it may be one, or may be two or more. Good too.
  • the second portion 260D2 and the second conductor layer 260E overlap with each other with the inner insulating layer 260C interposed therebetween, and in the portion where the plurality of through holes 265 are provided, the first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E are electrically
  • the interlayer connection portion 265A is located between the second bonded terminal 262P and each second relay terminal 264P in the second direction D2.
  • the interlayer connection portion 265A is located offset from the center of the first flexible wiring board 260 toward the second bonded terminal 262P in the first direction D1. Further, in the first direction D1, the width of the interlayer connection portion 265A is narrower than the width of the second bonded terminal 262P.
  • the interlayer connection portion 265A is a portion including the through hole 265, it is a portion that is relatively inflexible and has low bending resistance compared to other portions of the first flexible wiring board 260.
  • the flexibility of the first flexible wiring board 260 as a whole can be increased by reducing the area of the interlayer connection part 265A as in the first embodiment. And it is possible to suppress a decrease in bending resistance.
  • the first flexible wiring board when viewed in plan from a viewpoint facing the first flexible wiring board 260, by arranging the plurality of through holes 265 in one place in a narrow area, the first flexible wiring board It is possible to suppress a decrease in flexibility and bending resistance of the 260 as a whole.
  • the width of the interlayer connection portion 265A is made smaller than the width of the second bonded terminal 262P, and the interlayer connection portion 265A is biased toward the second bonded terminal 262P. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in bending resistance against bending in the direction along the first direction D1.
  • the second portion 260D2 extends from the interlayer connection portion 265A toward the end of the first flexible wiring board 260 opposite to the second bonded terminal 262P along the second direction D2.
  • the second portion 260D2 extends between the side edge of the first flexible wiring board 260 on the second bonded terminal 262P side extending along the second direction D2 and the second relay terminal 264P closest to the side edge. pass.
  • the second portion 260D2 is arranged in the first direction D1 between the side edge of the first flexible wiring board 260 opposite to the second adhered terminal 262P extending along the first direction D1 and each second relay terminal 264P. and extends toward the second bonded terminal 262P to form each second relay terminal 264P.
  • the plurality of first relay terminals 263P and the plurality of second relay terminals 64P are arranged alternately at a constant pitch P2 along the first direction D1.
  • the first flexible wiring board 260 has a width W5 along the second direction D2.
  • the tip of the comb-like tooth terminal extends toward the opposite side from the first bonded terminal 261P.
  • the tip of the comb-like tooth terminal extends toward the second bonded terminal 262P.
  • Each first relay terminal 263P and each second relay terminal 264P includes a reference portion 266.
  • one reference portion 266 is provided at both ends of each first relay terminal 263P and each second relay terminal 264P in the first direction D1.
  • the reference portion 266 is, for example, a cross-shaped convex portion.
  • the reference portion 266 serves as a reference for appropriately arranging the terminals when connecting the third relay terminal 271P or the fourth relay terminal 272P to the first relay terminal 263P or the second relay terminal 264P.
  • FIG. 21 shows the second flexible wiring board 270 in a state in which the front and back sides are reversed from the state shown in FIG.
  • the second flexible wiring board 270 includes a third outer insulating layer 270A, a fourth outer insulating layer 270B, and a conductor layer 270C.
  • the conductor layer 270C is located between the third outer insulating layer 270A and the fourth outer insulating layer 270B.
  • the third outer insulating layer 270A is located on the first space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 21) with respect to the conductor layer 270C.
  • the fourth outer insulating layer 270B is located on the second space side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 21) with respect to the conductor layer 270C.
  • the third outer insulating layer 270A and the fourth outer insulating layer 270B are insulating resin films, and are made of polyimide, for example.
  • the conductor layer 270C is a conductive metal film, and is made of copper foil, for example.
  • the second flexible wiring board 270 having a single-sided structure is formed by laminating a third outer insulating layer 270A, a conductor layer 270C, and a fourth outer insulating layer 270B in this order.
  • the second flexible wiring board 270 having a single-sided structure has fewer layers in the stacking direction than the first flexible wiring board 260 having a double-sided structure.
  • the third relay terminal 271P, the fourth relay terminal 272P, the first power supply terminal 273P, and the second power supply terminal 274P that the second flexible wiring board 270 includes are connected to a conductor layer in the second flexible wiring board 270.
  • 270C is a portion exposed from the fourth outer insulating layer 270B.
  • the conductor layer 270C electrically connects the third relay terminal 271P and the first power terminal 273P inside the second flexible wiring board 270, and also connects the fourth relay terminal 272P and the second power terminal 274P. Connect electrically.
  • a portion connecting the third relay terminal 271P and the first power terminal 273P is electrically insulated from a portion connecting the fourth relay terminal 272P and the second power terminal 274P.
  • the pitch P3 from the center of the third relay terminal 271P to the center of the fourth relay terminal 272P is, for example, the same as the pitch P2 where the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P are lined up. It is.
  • the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P each include a positioning portion 275.
  • one positioning section 275 is provided at both ends of each of the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P in the first direction D1.
  • the positioning portion 275 is, for example, a cross-shaped recess.
  • the terminals When connecting the third relay terminal 271P or the fourth relay terminal 272P to the first relay terminal 263P or the second relay terminal 264P, by combining the reference part 266 and the positioning part 275, the terminals can be properly connected to each other. can be placed.
  • the third relay terminal 271P when the third relay terminal 271P is connected to the first relay terminal 263P, when the convex shape of the reference part 266 is arranged inside the concave shape of the positioning part 275, the third relay terminal 271P is connected to the first relay terminal 263P.
  • the third relay terminal 271P is appropriately arranged.
  • the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P are connected to the first relay terminal 263P or It can be appropriately arranged with respect to the second relay terminal 264P.
  • the first flexible wiring board 260 has three insulating layers 260A to 260C and two conductive layers 260D and 260E, so that a second bonded terminal 262P, a first bonded terminal 261P, a first relay terminal 263P, and is arranged so as to face the opposite direction to the second relay terminal 264P.
  • the second flexible wiring board 270 has two insulating layers 270A, 270B and one conductor layer 270C, so that the third relay terminal 271P, the fourth relay terminal 272P, the first power supply terminal 273P, and the The two power supply terminals 274P are arranged so as to face the same direction.
  • the layer structure of the second flexible wiring board 270 can be simplified. As a result, it becomes possible to increase the bending resistance and flexibility of the second flexible wiring board 270 due to the smaller number of constituent layers.
  • the third relay terminal 271P is one of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, and is connected to any one of the plurality of first relay terminals 263P and the plurality of second relay terminals 264P. be done.
  • the fourth relay terminal 272P is the other of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, and the third relay terminal 271P is the other of the plurality of first relay terminals 263P and the plurality of second relay terminals 264P. It is connected to the relay terminal located next to the connected relay terminal.
  • the fourth relay terminal 272P is connected to the second relay terminal 264P located next to the first relay terminal 263P to which the third relay terminal 271P is connected. connected to.
  • the fourth relay terminal 272P is connected to the first relay terminal 263P located next to the second relay terminal 264P to which the third relay terminal 271P is connected. connected to.
  • the fourth relay terminal 272P is connected to the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P. electrically connected to the other one.
  • the fourth relay terminal is connected to the third relay terminal 271P in a plane including the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 so that the above connection is possible. 272P is placed.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 250 can change the arrangement of the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P with respect to the terminal row formed by the plurality of first relay terminals 263P and the plurality of second relay terminals 264P. . Thereby, the flexible wiring board unit 250 can change the arrangement of the second flexible wiring board 270 with respect to the first flexible wiring board 260 at every pitch P2 in the first direction D1.
  • the connection between the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P and the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P can be made using, for example, an anisotropic conductive film, an anisotropic conductive paste, an isotropic conductive film, or An adhesive consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of isotropic conductive pastes is used.
  • the first flexible wiring board 260 and the second flexible wiring board 270 are connected to any one of the plurality of first relay terminals 263P and the plurality of second relay terminals 264P, and the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P. It is constructed integrally by connecting.
  • the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P face the same direction, and the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P face the same direction. Therefore, one of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P and the third relay terminal 271P are connected, and the other of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P and the fourth relay terminal 272P are connected. connection can be made at once.
  • first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P which are not connected to either the third relay terminal 271P or the fourth relay terminal 272P, are sealed by, for example, applying and curing an insulating resin paste. be done.
  • the circuit configuration of the flexible wiring board unit 250 will be explained.
  • the third relay terminal 271P is connected to the first relay terminal 263P
  • the fourth relay terminal 272P is connected to the second relay terminal 264P.
  • the first adhered terminal 261P is electrically connected to the external power supply 1A via the first relay terminal 263P, the third relay terminal 271P, and the first power supply terminal 273P.
  • the second bonded terminal 262P is electrically connected to the external power source 1A via a second relay terminal 264P, a fourth relay terminal 272P, and a second power supply terminal 274P.
  • the third relay terminal 271P is connected to the second relay terminal 264P
  • the fourth relay terminal 272P is connected to the first relay terminal 263P.
  • the first adhered terminal 261P is electrically connected to the external power supply 1A via the first relay terminal 263P, the fourth relay terminal 272P, and the second power supply terminal 274P.
  • the second adhered terminal 262P is electrically connected to the external power supply 1A via the second relay terminal 264P, the third relay terminal 271P, and the first power supply terminal 273P.
  • the arrangement of the second flexible wiring board 270 with respect to the first flexible wiring board 260 can be changed every pitch P2 in the first direction D1.
  • the position where the second portion 332 is pulled out from the first portion 331 is determined depending on the wiring route from the light control sheet 300 to the external power source 340. If the positions at which the second portion 332 is pulled out from the first portion 331 are different, even if the first portion 331 and the second portion 332 have the same shape, the entire flexible wiring board 330 may be replaced with a new flexible wiring board having a different shape. It is necessary to manufacture it as a flexible wiring board.
  • multiple types of wiring routes can be realized by changing the arrangement of the second flexible wiring board 270 with respect to the first flexible wiring board 260. can.
  • the first flexible wiring board 260 In the first flexible wiring board 260, the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P face the same direction, and in the second flexible wiring board 270, the third The relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P face the same direction. Thereby, the connection between one of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P and the third relay terminal 271P, and the connection between the other of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P and the fourth relay terminal 272P can be connected at once. Therefore, the first flexible wiring board 260 and the second flexible wiring board 270 can be efficiently connected.
  • the second bonded terminal 262P faces the opposite direction to the first bonded terminal 261P, the first relay terminal 263P, and the second relay terminal 264P. Further, in the second flexible wiring board 270, the third relay terminal 271P, the fourth relay terminal 272P, the first power terminal 273P, and the second power terminal 274P face the same direction. Thereby, even if the first bonded terminal 261P and the second bonded terminal 262P are required to face opposite directions, the layer structure of the second flexible wiring board 270 can be simplified. As a result, it is also possible to improve the bending resistance and flexibility of the second flexible wiring board 270.
  • the width of the interlayer connection portion 265A is made smaller than the width of the second bonded terminal 262P, and the interlayer connection portion 265A is made smaller than the center of the first flexible wiring board 260. It is biased toward the second bonded terminal 262P. Thereby, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the bending resistance of the first flexible wiring board 260 against bending in the direction along the first direction D1.
  • a reference portion 266 is provided at each first relay terminal 263P and each second relay terminal 264P.
  • the positioning portion 275 is arranged with respect to the reference portion 266. Based on this, two relay terminals to be connected can be appropriately arranged.
  • the light control unit of the fourth embodiment is similar to the light control unit 201 of the third embodiment, except that it includes a first flexible wiring board 280 instead of the first flexible wiring board 260. It has a configuration.
  • the first flexible wiring board 280 includes a first bonded terminal 261P, a second bonded terminal 262P, and a plurality of first relay terminals 263P. , and a plurality of second relay terminals 264P.
  • the first adhered terminal 261P, the first relay terminal 263P, and the second relay terminal 264P are formed of the first conductor layer 260D.
  • the second adhered terminal 262P is formed by the second conductor layer 260E.
  • a second conductor layer 260E is connected to the first portion 260D1 that connects the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P via a plurality of through holes 265. That is, between the first adhered terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P, there is an interlayer connection part in which the first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E are electrically connected via the plurality of through holes 265. 265A is provided. In addition, in FIG. 22, the interlayer connection portion 265A is shown with a dot.
  • the interlayer connection portion 265A located between the first adhered terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P moves from the position of one end of the terminal row formed by the plurality of first relay terminals 263P to the other end in the first direction D1. It extends to the location.
  • the interlayer connection portion 265A located between the first adhered terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P is provided with one or more through holes 265, for example, at least at a position adjacent to each first relay terminal 263P.
  • the width along the second direction D2 of the portion formed as the interlayer connection portion 265A is such that the portion is only the first conductor layer 260D. smaller than the width when formed.
  • the second conductor layer 260E forming the second bonded terminal 262P and the second portion 260D2 forming the second relay terminal 264P have a plurality of through holes in a portion other than the second bonded terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P. It is electrically connected via 265. That is, between the second adhered terminal 62P and the second relay terminal 264P, there is an interlayer connection part in which the first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E are electrically connected via the plurality of through holes 265. 265A is provided.
  • the interlayer connection portion 265A that connects the second adhered terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P is provided with one or more through holes 265, for example, at least at a position adjacent to each first relay terminal 263P.
  • Width along the second direction D2 of a portion of the interlayer connection portion 265A that connects the second bonded terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P, which is located on the opposite side of the second bonded terminal 262P with respect to the second relay terminal 264P. is smaller than the width when the portion is formed only of the first conductor layer 260D.
  • the first flexible wiring board 280 connects the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P and the second bonded terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P by an interlayer connection portion 265A. There is. In the interlayer connection portion 265A, the current branches and flows into the first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E. Therefore, even if the width of the interlayer connection portion 265A in the second direction D2 is reduced, heat generation due to energization is less likely to occur.
  • the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P are connected to each other by the interlayer connection portion 265A, thereby suppressing an increase in the amount of heat generated due to energization.
  • the width W6 along the two directions D2 can be made smaller than the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260.
  • the width W6 of the first flexible wiring board 280 can be reduced to a 1.
  • the width W5 of the flexible wiring board 60 can be made smaller than the width W5 of the flexible wiring board 60.
  • the interlayer connection portion 265A between the second bonded terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P is located at least on the side opposite to the second bonded terminal 262P with respect to the second relay terminal 264P (the second bonded terminal 265A in FIG. 22). It may be provided at a position on the right side of the paper with respect to the adhesive terminal 262P.
  • the interlayer connection portion 265A may extend along the first direction D1 from the position of one end of the terminal row constituted by the plurality of second relay terminals 264P to the position of the other end.
  • the fourth embodiment By connecting the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P with the interlayer connection portion 265A, the first flexible wiring board 280 can suppress an increase in heat generation due to energization.
  • the width W6 of the first flexible wiring board 260 can be made smaller than the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260.
  • the width W6 of the first flexible wiring board 280 can be reduced to a 1 flexible wiring board 260.
  • the length by which the first flexible wiring board 280 protrudes from the light control sheet 10 can be shortened. Furthermore, even if the flexible wiring board unit 250 includes the first flexible wiring board 280, the above (1-1), (3-1) to (3-3), and (3-5) are not met. You can get similar benefits.
  • the light control unit of the fifth embodiment is similar to the light control unit 201 of the third embodiment, except that it includes a first flexible wiring board 281 instead of the first flexible wiring board 260. It has a configuration.
  • the first flexible wiring board 281 includes a first bonded terminal 261P, a second bonded terminal 262P, and a plurality of first relay terminals 263P. , and a plurality of second relay terminals 264P.
  • the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P are located in the first flexible wiring board 281 where the first bonded terminal 261P and the second bonded terminal 262P are located in the second direction D2. located at a second end opposite to the end of the second end.
  • the tips of the comb-like tooth terminals extend toward the opposite side from the first bonded terminal 261P and the second bonded terminal 262P.
  • the first bonded terminal 261P, the first relay terminal 263P, and the second relay terminal 264P are formed by the first conductor layer 260D.
  • the second adhered terminal 262P is formed by the second conductor layer 260E.
  • FIG. 23 the outline of the portion of the first conductor layer 260D that overlaps with the first outer insulating layer 260A is shown with a broken line.
  • the first bonded terminal 261P is located at one end in the second direction D2, and each first bonded terminal is located at the other end in the second direction D2.
  • a relay terminal 263P is located there.
  • the first conductor layer 260D extends in the second direction D2 from the first adhered terminal 261P toward each first relay terminal 263P.
  • the second portion 260D2 forming the second relay terminal 264P is arranged discontinuously. In other words, the second portions 260D2 are provided in the same number as the plurality of second relay terminals 264P. Each second portion 260D2 extends from the second relay terminal 264P toward the second bonded terminal 262P along the second direction D2.
  • the second adhered terminal 262P is located at one end in the second direction D2, and the other end in the second direction D2 is located at the second conductor layer 260E. It overlaps with each second portion 260D2 forming two relay terminals 264P.
  • the outline of the second conductor layer 260E is shown with a broken line.
  • a portion where the second conductor layer 260E and each second portion 260D2 overlap is electrically connected to the second conductor layer 260E and each second portion 260D2 via a plurality of through holes 265 to form an interlayer connection portion 265A. do. That is, in the first flexible wiring board 281, an interlayer connection portion 265A is provided for each second relay terminal 264P. In the first flexible wiring board 281, the second relay terminal 264P and the interlayer connection portion 265A are connected to the second bonded terminal 265A such that the interlayer connection portion 265A is located on the second bonded terminal 262P side with respect to the second relay terminal 264P. They are arranged in parallel along the direction D2.
  • a portion of the second conductor layer 260E that connects the second bonded terminal 262P and each interlayer connection portion 265A connects the first bonded terminal 261P of the first portion 260D1 with each first relay via the inner insulating layer 260C. It overlaps with the part connecting with the terminal 263P.
  • the second conductor layer 260E and second portion 260D2 that connect the second bonded terminal 262P and each second relay terminal 264P are arranged between the second bonded terminal 262P and each second relay terminal 264P in the second direction D2.
  • the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P are arranged in the second direction D2 in the first flexible wiring board 281. It can be placed at one end (edge).
  • the wiring path connecting the second bonded terminal 262P and each second relay terminal 264P can be shortened.
  • the width W7 of the first flexible wiring board 281 along the second direction D2 can be made smaller than the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260.
  • the width W7 of the first flexible wiring board 281 along the second direction D2 is changed to the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260. It can be made smaller than.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 250 is connected to the light control sheet 10
  • the length by which the first flexible wiring board 281 protrudes from the light control sheet 10 can be reduced.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 250 includes the first flexible wiring board 281, the above (1-1), (3-1) to (3-3), and (3-5) are not met. You can get similar benefits.
  • the light control unit of the sixth embodiment is similar to the light control unit 201 of the third embodiment, except that it includes a first flexible wiring board 282 instead of the first flexible wiring board 260. It has a configuration.
  • the first flexible wiring board 28 like the first flexible wiring board 260, includes a first bonded terminal 261P, a second bonded terminal 262P, and a plurality of first relay terminals 263P. , and a plurality of second relay terminals 264P.
  • first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P are located in the first flexible wiring board 282 where the first bonded terminal 261P and the second bonded terminal 262P are located in the second direction D2. located at a second end opposite to the end of the second end. Further, in the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, the tips of the comb-like tooth terminals extend toward the opposite side from the first bonded terminal 261P and the second bonded terminal 262P. Further, in the first flexible wiring board 282 of the sixth embodiment, the pitch P2 in which the first relay terminals 263P and the second relay terminals 264P are arranged alternately is the same as that of the first flexible wiring board 262 of the third embodiment. pitch P2. Therefore, the pitch P3 from the center of the third relay terminal 271P to the center of the fourth relay terminal 272P on the second flexible wiring board 270 is larger in the sixth embodiment than in the third embodiment. Become.
  • the first bonded terminal 261P, the first relay terminal 263P, and the second relay terminal 264P are formed by the first conductor layer 260D.
  • the second adhered terminal 262P is formed by the second conductor layer 260E. Note that in FIG. 25, the outline of a portion of the first conductor layer 260D that overlaps with the first outer insulating layer 260A is shown with a broken line.
  • the first bonded terminal 261P is located at one end in the second direction D2, and each first bonded terminal is located at the other end in the second direction D2.
  • a relay terminal 263P is located there.
  • the first conductor layer 260D extends in the second direction D2 from the first adhered terminal 261P toward each first relay terminal 263P.
  • the second portion 260D2 forming the second relay terminal 264P is arranged discontinuously. In other words, the second portions 260D2 are provided in the same number as the plurality of second relay terminals 264P. Each second portion 260D2 extends along the first direction D1 from the second relay terminal 264P toward the first relay terminals 263P located on both sides of the second relay terminal 264P.
  • the second adhered terminal 262P is located at one end in the second direction D2, and the other end in the second direction D2 is located at the second conductor layer 260E. It overlaps with each second portion 260D2 forming two relay terminals 264P.
  • the outline of the second conductor layer 260E is shown with a broken line.
  • a portion where the second conductor layer 260E and each second portion 260D2 overlap is electrically connected to the second conductor layer 260E and each second portion 260D2 via a plurality of through holes 265 to form an interlayer connection portion 265A. do. That is, in the first flexible wiring board 282, an interlayer connection portion 265A is provided for each second relay terminal 264P. Each interlayer connection portion 265A is provided adjacent to both ends of each second relay terminal 264P in the first direction D1. For example, the interlayer connection portion 265A is located between two first relay terminals 263P so as to sandwich the second relay terminal 264P. Note that the interlayer connection portion 265A may be provided adjacent to at least one end of each second relay terminal 264P in the first direction D1.
  • a portion of the second conductor layer 260E that connects the second bonded terminal 262P and each interlayer connection portion 265A connects the first bonded terminal 261P of the first portion 260D1 with each first relay via the inner insulating layer 260C. It overlaps with the part connecting with the terminal 263P.
  • the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P are arranged in the second direction D2 in the first flexible wiring board 282. Can be placed at one end.
  • the wiring path connecting the second bonded terminal 262P and each second relay terminal 264P can be shortened.
  • the width W8 of the first flexible wiring board 282 along the second direction D2 can be made smaller than the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260.
  • the second relay terminal 264P and the interlayer connection portion 265A are arranged in parallel along the first direction D1. Therefore, compared to the first flexible wiring board 281 of the fifth embodiment, the interlayer connection part 265A is not interposed between the second adhered terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P in the second direction D2. Therefore, the width W8 can be made smaller than the width W7.
  • the pitch P2 can be reduced by the amount that the interlayer connection portion 265A is not present. Therefore, in the first direction D1, the arrangement of the second flexible wiring board 270 with respect to the first flexible wiring board 281 can be changed every shorter distance.
  • the sixth embodiment According to the sixth embodiment, the following advantages can be obtained. (6-1) By providing the interlayer connection portion 265A for each second relay terminal 264P, the width W8 of the first flexible wiring board 282 along the second direction D2 is changed to the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260. It can be made smaller than. As a result, when the flexible wiring board unit 250 is connected to the light control sheet 10, the length by which the first flexible wiring board 282 protrudes from the light control sheet 10 can be reduced. Further, even if the flexible wiring board unit 250 includes the first flexible wiring board 282, the above (1-1), (3-1) to (3-3), and (3-5) are not met. You can get similar benefits.
  • the width W4 of the first flexible wiring board 282 along the second direction D2 is It can be made smaller than the width W3 of the flexible wiring board 281.
  • the light control unit of the seventh embodiment includes a first flexible wiring board 283 and a second flexible wiring board 290 instead of the first flexible wiring board 260 and the second flexible wiring board 270. It has the same configuration as the light control unit 201 of the third embodiment except that it includes the following.
  • the first flexible wiring board 283 includes a first bonded terminal 261P, a second bonded terminal 262P, a plurality of first relay terminals 263P, and a plurality of second relay terminals 264P.
  • the first adhered terminal 261P and the plurality of first relay terminals 263P face the first space side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 27) defined by the light control sheet 10.
  • the second adhered terminal 262P and the plurality of second relay terminals 264P face the second space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 27) defined by the light control sheet 10. Therefore, the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P face opposite directions.
  • the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P are formed by the first conductor layer 260D. Note that in FIG. 27, the outline of a portion of the first conductor layer 260D that overlaps with the first outer insulating layer 260A is shown with a broken line.
  • the second adhered terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P are formed by the second conductor layer 260E.
  • the second adhered terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P are portions of the second conductor layer 260E exposed toward the second space from the second outer insulating layer 260B.
  • Each of the first relay terminals 263P and each of the second relay terminals 264P is connected to a first terminal in the first flexible wiring board 283 where the first to-be-bonded terminal 261P and the second to-be-bonded terminal 262P are located in the second direction D2. located at a second end opposite to the end of the second end. Further, in the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, the tips of the comb-like tooth terminals extend toward the opposite side from the first bonded terminal 261P and the second bonded terminal 262P.
  • the first bonded terminal 261P is located at one end in the second direction D2, and each first relay terminal 263P is located at the other end in the second direction D2.
  • the first conductor layer 260D extends in the second direction D2 from the first adhered terminal 261P toward each first relay terminal 263P.
  • the second adhered terminal 262P is located at one end in the second direction D2, and each second relay terminal 264P is located at the other end in the second direction D2.
  • the outline of the second conductor layer 260E is shown with a broken line. The second conductor layer 260E extends in the second direction D2 from the second adhered terminal 262P toward each second relay terminal 264P.
  • the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P are arranged in the second direction D2 in the first flexible wiring board 283. Can be placed at one end.
  • the wiring path connecting the second bonded terminal 262P and each second relay terminal 264P can be shortened.
  • the width W9 of the first flexible wiring board 283 along the second direction D2 can be made smaller than the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260.
  • first flexible wiring board 283 In the case of the first flexible wiring board 283, a structure such as a through hole 265 for electrically connecting the first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E is unnecessary. Therefore, the flexibility and bending resistance of the first flexible wiring board 283 can be improved.
  • the second flexible wiring board 290 includes a third outer insulating layer 290A, a fourth outer insulating layer 290B, an inner insulating layer 290C, a third conductor layer 290D, and a fourth conductor layer 290E. .
  • the inner insulating layer 290C is located between the third outer insulating layer 290A and the fourth outer insulating layer 290B.
  • the third outer insulating layer 290A is located on the side of the first space defined by the light control sheet 10 (the back side of the paper in FIG. 29) with respect to the inner insulating layer 290C.
  • the fourth outer insulating layer 290B is located on the second space side (the front side of the paper in FIG.
  • the third outer insulating layer 290A, the fourth outer insulating layer 290B, and the inner insulating layer 290C are insulating resin films, and are made of polyimide, for example.
  • the third conductor layer 290D is located between the third outer insulating layer 290A and the inner insulating layer 290C.
  • the fourth conductor layer 290E is located between the fourth outer insulating layer 290B and the inner insulating layer 290C.
  • the third conductor layer 290D and the fourth conductor layer 290E are conductive metal films, and are made of copper foil, for example.
  • the second flexible wiring board 290 having a double-sided structure includes a third outer insulating layer 290A, a third conductor layer 290D, an inner insulating layer 290C, a fourth conductor layer 290E, and a fourth outer insulating layer 290B. They are formed by laminating in this order.
  • the third relay terminal 271P, the first power terminal 273P, and the second power terminal 274P have the fourth conductor layer 290E directed from the fourth outer insulating layer 290B toward the second space side. This is the exposed part.
  • the fourth relay terminal 272P is a portion where the third conductor layer 290D is exposed from the third outer insulating layer 290A toward the first space side. Therefore, the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P face opposite directions.
  • the third relay terminal 271P and the first power supply terminal 273P are electrically connected inside the second flexible wiring board 290 via the fourth conductor layer 290E. Note that the portion of the fourth conductor layer 290E that forms the third relay terminal 271P and the first power terminal 273P is electrically insulated from the portion that forms the second power terminal 274P.
  • the third conductor layer 290D forming the fourth relay terminal 272P is electrically connected to the portion of the fourth conductor layer 290E forming the second power supply terminal 274P via a plurality of through holes 291. Therefore, the fourth relay terminal 272P and the second power supply terminal 274P are electrically connected inside the second flexible wiring board 290 via the third conductor layer 290D, the fourth conductor layer 290E, and the through hole 291. has been done.
  • the number of through holes 291 may be one or two or more.
  • the third relay terminal 271P is connected to one of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, and the other of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P is connected. Connection of the fourth relay terminal 272P to each terminal is performed separately.
  • the seventh embodiment According to the seventh embodiment, the following advantages can be obtained.
  • the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P are formed of the first conductor layer 260D
  • the second bonded terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P are formed by the first conductor layer 260D. and are formed by the second conductor layer 260E.
  • the width W9 of the first flexible wiring board 283 along the second direction D2 can be made smaller than the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260.
  • the flexible wiring board unit 250 when the flexible wiring board unit 250 is connected to the light control sheet 10, the length by which the first flexible wiring board 283 protrudes from the light control sheet 10 can be reduced.
  • advantages similar to the above (1-1) and (3-1) can be obtained.
  • the shapes of the reference part 266 and the positioning part 275 may be such that the two relay terminals to be connected can be appropriately arranged based on the arrangement of the positioning part 275 with respect to the reference part 266. good. Further, if high precision is not required for the arrangement of the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P with respect to the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, the reference portion 266 and the positioning portion 275 may not be provided. good.
  • the pitch P3 from the center of the third relay terminal 271P to the center of the fourth relay terminal 272P is larger than the pitch P2 between the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P.
  • the pitch P3 may be an odd multiple (excluding 1) of the pitch P2. That is, when the third relay terminal 271P is electrically connected to one of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, the fourth relay terminal 272P is connected to the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P. Any configuration is sufficient as long as it is electrically connected to the other one.
  • the first power terminal 73P and the second power terminal 274P of the second flexible wiring board 270 may face opposite directions.
  • a through hole is provided between the third relay terminal 271P and the first power terminal 273P or between the fourth relay terminal 272P and the second power terminal 274P. .
  • the degree of freedom in connecting the first power terminal 273P and the second power terminal 274P to the external power source 1A is increased.
  • the first power terminal 273P and the second power terminal 274P of the second flexible wiring board 290 may face opposite directions.
  • the second power terminal 274P may be formed of the third conductor layer 290D.
  • the first power terminal 273P faces the second space
  • the second power terminal 274P faces the first space.
  • the fourth relay terminal 272P and the second power supply terminal 274P are electrically connected inside the second flexible wiring board 290 via the third conductor layer 290D.
  • a structure such as a through hole 291 for electrically connecting the third conductor layer 290D and the fourth conductor layer 290E is unnecessary. Therefore, the flexibility and bending resistance of the second flexible wiring board 290 can be improved.
  • the first relay terminals 263P that are not connected to the third relay terminal 271P have the first outer insulating layer 260A located on the outer surface side not removed. Additionally, it may be covered with a first outer insulating layer 260A. In other words, among the plurality of first relay terminals 263P, at least the first relay terminal 263P connected to the third relay terminal 271P should be exposed from the first outer insulating layer 260A.
  • the first transparent electrode sheet 20 may include other functional layers such as an ultraviolet shielding layer, an infrared shielding layer, an alignment layer, an adhesive layer, and a protective layer.
  • the second transparent electrode sheet 30 may include other functional layers such as an ultraviolet shielding layer, an infrared shielding layer, an alignment layer, an adhesive layer, and a protective layer.
  • the light control sheet 10 is not limited to a rectangular shape, and may have a geometric shape other than a rectangular shape such as a polygonal shape, a circular shape, an elliptical shape, or an irregular shape other than a geometric shape. But that's fine.
  • the light control sheet 10 is not limited to a two-dimensional planar shape, but may have a curved shape such as a cylindrical shape, a spherical shape, or a wavy shape.

Abstract

This flexible wiring board unit comprises: a first flexible wiring board that extends in a first direction; and a second flexible wiring board that extends in a second direction. The second flexible wiring board is configured to be electrically connected to the first flexible wiring board such that the first and second directions intersect each other at a first end of the second flexible wiring board in the second direction. The first flexible wiring board comprises first and second bonding terminals arranged in the first direction. The first and second bonding terminals are configured to be connected to an object to which power is to be supplied. The second flexible wiring board comprises first and second power source terminals positioned at the second end opposite to the first end in the second direction. The first and second power source terminals are configured to be connected to an external power source.

Description

可撓性配線基板ユニット、及び調光ユニットFlexible wiring board unit and dimming unit
 本開示は、電気的に接続可能な複数の可撓性配線基板を備える可撓性配線基板ユニット、及び当該可撓性配線基板ユニットを備える調光ユニットに関する。 The present disclosure relates to a flexible wiring board unit including a plurality of electrically connectable flexible wiring boards, and a light control unit including the flexible wiring board unit.
 調光シートは、2つの透明電極シートと、2つの透明電極シートの間に位置する調光層とを備える。各透明電極シートは、電極端子を備える。電極端子は、一方の透明電極シートのうち調光層及び他方の透明電極シートから露出する部分である。各透明電極シートが備える電極端子は、調光シートが備える縁部に位置する。各電極端子には、可撓性配線基板が備える被接着端子が1つずつ接着される(例えば、特許文献1,2を参照)。調光シートは、可撓性配線基板を通じて2つの透明電極シート間に電圧が印加されることによって、電圧の印加前に対して調光層の光透過率が変更される。 The light control sheet includes two transparent electrode sheets and a light control layer located between the two transparent electrode sheets. Each transparent electrode sheet includes an electrode terminal. The electrode terminal is a portion of one transparent electrode sheet that is exposed from the light control layer and the other transparent electrode sheet. The electrode terminal provided on each transparent electrode sheet is located at the edge provided on the light control sheet. One bonded terminal provided on a flexible wiring board is bonded to each electrode terminal (see, for example, Patent Documents 1 and 2). In the light control sheet, by applying a voltage between two transparent electrode sheets through a flexible wiring board, the light transmittance of the light control layer is changed compared to before the voltage is applied.
 例えば、図30が示すように、調光シート300は、第1透明電極シート310と、第2透明電極シート320と、第1透明電極シート310と第2透明電極シート320との間に位置する調光層とを備える。なお、図30では、第1透明電極シート310が第2透明電極シート320に対して紙面手前側に位置する。また、図30では、各シートの形状を説明する便宜上、第1透明電極シート310を太線によって示すとともに、第2透明電極シート320を細線によって示す。 For example, as shown in FIG. 30, the light control sheet 300 is located between the first transparent electrode sheet 310, the second transparent electrode sheet 320, and between the first transparent electrode sheet 310 and the second transparent electrode sheet 320. and a light control layer. Note that in FIG. 30, the first transparent electrode sheet 310 is located on the front side of the paper with respect to the second transparent electrode sheet 320. Further, in FIG. 30, for convenience of explaining the shape of each sheet, the first transparent electrode sheet 310 is shown by thick lines, and the second transparent electrode sheet 320 is shown by thin lines.
 第1透明電極シート310は、第1端子310Pを備える。第1端子310Pは、図30中に破線で示すように、第1透明電極シート310の一部が第2透明電極シート320及び調光層から露出する部分である。なお、第1端子310Pは、図30において紙面の奥側に向けて面する。第2透明電極シート320は、第2端子320Pを備える。第2端子320Pは、図30中にドットで示すように、第2透明電極シート320の一部が第1透明電極シート310及び調光層から露出する部分である。第2端子320Pは、図30において紙面の手前側に向けて面する。 The first transparent electrode sheet 310 includes a first terminal 310P. The first terminal 310P is a portion where a part of the first transparent electrode sheet 310 is exposed from the second transparent electrode sheet 320 and the light control layer, as shown by the broken line in FIG. Note that the first terminal 310P faces toward the back of the page in FIG. 30. The second transparent electrode sheet 320 includes a second terminal 320P. The second terminal 320P is a part where a part of the second transparent electrode sheet 320 is exposed from the first transparent electrode sheet 310 and the light control layer, as shown by dots in FIG. The second terminal 320P faces toward the front side of the page in FIG. 30.
 調光シート300は、第1方向D1に沿って延びる1つの縁部300Eを備える。第1端子310P及び第2端子320Pは、縁部300Eに並設される。第1端子310Pと第2端子320Pとの間には、縁部300Eの一部が切り欠かれた切欠き300E1が設けられる。 The light control sheet 300 includes one edge 300E extending along the first direction D1. The first terminal 310P and the second terminal 320P are arranged in parallel on the edge 300E. A cutout 300E1, which is a part of the edge 300E, is provided between the first terminal 310P and the second terminal 320P.
 調光シート300は、可撓性配線基板330を通じて外部電源340に接続される。可撓性配線基板330は、フレキシブルプリント基板(FPC: Flexible Printed Circuits)である。可撓性配線基板330は、第1部分331と、第2部分332とを備える。第1部分331は、第1方向D1に沿って延びる。第2部分332は、第1部分331における第1方向D1の中央から、第1方向D1と直交する第2方向D2に沿って調光シート300と反対側に延びる。可撓性配線基板330は、第1部分331と第2部分332とによって、略T字状の外形を有する。 The light control sheet 300 is connected to an external power source 340 through a flexible wiring board 330. The flexible wiring board 330 is a flexible printed circuit (FPC). The flexible wiring board 330 includes a first portion 331 and a second portion 332. The first portion 331 extends along the first direction D1. The second portion 332 extends from the center of the first portion 331 in the first direction D1 to the side opposite to the light control sheet 300 along the second direction D2 orthogonal to the first direction D1. The flexible wiring board 330 has a substantially T-shaped outer shape due to the first portion 331 and the second portion 332.
 第1部分331は、第1被接着端子331P1と、第2被接着端子331P2とを備える。第1被接着端子331P1は、第1部分331における第1方向D1の第1の端部に設けられる。第2被接着端子331P2は、第1部分331における第1方向D1の第1の端部と反対の第2の端部に設けられる。第1被接着端子331P1は、図30において紙面の手前側に向けて面する。第1被接着端子331P1は、第1端子310Pと電気的に接続される。第2被接着端子331P2は、図30において紙面の奥側に向けて面する。第2被接着端子331P2は、第2端子320Pと電気的に接続される。 The first portion 331 includes a first bonded terminal 331P1 and a second bonded terminal 331P2. The first adhered terminal 331P1 is provided at the first end of the first portion 331 in the first direction D1. The second adhered terminal 331P2 is provided at a second end of the first portion 331 opposite to the first end in the first direction D1. The first adhered terminal 331P1 faces toward the front side of the page in FIG. 30. The first adhered terminal 331P1 is electrically connected to the first terminal 310P. The second adhered terminal 331P2 faces toward the back of the page in FIG. 30. The second adhered terminal 331P2 is electrically connected to the second terminal 320P.
 第2部分332は、第1電源端子332P1と、第2電源端子332P2とを備える。第1電源端子332P1及び第2電源端子332P2は、第2部分332における第2方向D2の先端に設けられる。第1電源端子332P1及び第2電源端子332P2は、図30において紙面の手前側に向けて面する。第1電源端子332P1は、可撓性配線基板330の内部で第1被接着端子331P1と電気的に接続される。第2電源端子332P2は、可撓性配線基板330の内部で第2被接着端子331P2と電気的に接続される。第1電源端子332P1及び第2電源端子332P2は、外部電源340と電気的に接続される。外部電源340は、可撓性配線基板330を介して第1透明電極シート310と第2透明電極シート320との間に電圧を印加する。これにより、調光層が光透過率を変える。 The second portion 332 includes a first power terminal 332P1 and a second power terminal 332P2. The first power terminal 332P1 and the second power terminal 332P2 are provided at the tip of the second portion 332 in the second direction D2. The first power terminal 332P1 and the second power terminal 332P2 face toward the front side of the paper in FIG. 30. The first power terminal 332P1 is electrically connected to the first bonded terminal 331P1 inside the flexible wiring board 330. The second power terminal 332P2 is electrically connected to the second bonded terminal 331P2 inside the flexible wiring board 330. The first power terminal 332P1 and the second power terminal 332P2 are electrically connected to the external power supply 340. The external power source 340 applies a voltage between the first transparent electrode sheet 310 and the second transparent electrode sheet 320 via the flexible wiring board 330. This causes the light control layer to change the light transmittance.
特開2007-57925号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2007-57925 特開2020-38265号公報JP2020-38265A
 図31に示すように、可撓性配線基板330を製造する際には、2層の樹脂材料の間に導体が挟まれて形成される積層シート400のなかに、複数の可撓性配線基板330が面付けされる。図31に示す例では、第2方向D2に沿って、隣り合う可撓性配線基板330が180度反転された状態で交互に並べられている。 As shown in FIG. 31, when manufacturing a flexible wiring board 330, a plurality of flexible wiring boards are placed in a laminated sheet 400 formed by sandwiching a conductor between two layers of resin material. 330 is imposed. In the example shown in FIG. 31, adjacent flexible wiring boards 330 are arranged alternately along the second direction D2 in a state in which they are reversed by 180 degrees.
 可撓性配線基板330の製造においては、積層シート400全体の面積に対して可撓性配線基板330として使用される面積の割合が小さいため、歩留まりの改善が望まれている。特に、調光シート300の大型化に伴って、第1部分331における第1方向D1に沿う幅W331が大きくなる程、積層シート400の面積に対して可撓性配線基板330として使用される面積の割合が小さくなる。同様に、第2部分332における第2方向D2に沿う幅W332が大きくなる程、積層シート400全体の面積に対して可撓性配線基板330として使用される面積の割合が小さくなる。 In manufacturing the flexible wiring board 330, since the ratio of the area used as the flexible wiring board 330 to the entire area of the laminated sheet 400 is small, it is desired to improve the yield. In particular, as the light control sheet 300 becomes larger, the larger the width W331 of the first portion 331 along the first direction D1 becomes, the more the area used as the flexible wiring board 330 is compared to the area of the laminated sheet 400. The proportion of Similarly, as the width W332 of the second portion 332 along the second direction D2 increases, the ratio of the area used as the flexible wiring board 330 to the entire area of the laminated sheet 400 decreases.
 一態様では、可撓性配線基板ユニットを提供する。可撓性配線基板ユニットは、可撓性配線基板ユニットであって、第1方向に延びる第1可撓性配線基板と、第2方向に延びる第2可撓性配線基板と、を備え、前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第2方向における前記第2可撓性配線基板の第1の端部において、前記第1方向と前記第2方向とが交差するように、前記第1可撓性配線基板に電気的に接続されるように構成されており、前記第1可撓性配線基板は、前記第1方向に並ぶ第1被接着端子及び第2被接着端子を備え、前記第1被接着端子及び前記第2被接着端子は、給電対象に接続されるように構成されており、前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第2方向における前記第1の端部と反対の第2の端部に位置する第1電源端子及び第2電源端子を備え、前記第1電源端子及び前記第2電源端子は、外部電源に接続されるように構成されている。 In one aspect, a flexible wiring board unit is provided. The flexible wiring board unit is a flexible wiring board unit and includes a first flexible wiring board extending in a first direction and a second flexible wiring board extending in a second direction, The second flexible wiring board is arranged such that the first direction and the second direction intersect at a first end of the second flexible wiring board in the second direction. The first flexible wiring board is configured to be electrically connected to a flexible wiring board, and the first flexible wiring board includes a first bonded terminal and a second bonded terminal arranged in the first direction, and The first bonded terminal and the second bonded terminal are configured to be connected to a power supply target, and the second flexible wiring board has an end opposite to the first end in the second direction. A first power terminal and a second power terminal are provided at the second end, and the first power terminal and the second power terminal are configured to be connected to an external power source.
 別の態様では、調光ユニットを提供する。調光ユニットは、第1方向に延びる縁部を備える調光シートと、前記縁部に接着される可撓性配線基板ユニットと、を備え、前記調光シートは、第1透明電極シートと、第2透明電極シートと、前記第1透明電極シートと前記第2透明電極シートとの間に位置する調光層と、を備え、前記第1透明電極シートのうち前記調光層及び前記第2透明電極シートから露出する部分が第1電極端子であり、前記第2透明電極シートのうち前記調光層及び前記第1透明電極シートから露出する部分が第2電極端子であり、前記第1電極端子と前記第2電極端子とが、前記縁部において前記第1方向に沿って並び、前記可撓性配線基板ユニットは、前記第1方向に延びる第1可撓性配線基板と、第2方向に延びる第2可撓性配線基板と、を備え、前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第2方向における前記第2可撓性配線基板の第1の端部において、前記第1方向と前記第2方向とが交差するように、前記第1可撓性配線基板に電気的に接続されるように構成されており、前記第1可撓性配線基板は、前記第1方向に並ぶ第1被接着端子及び第2被接着端子を備え、前記第1被接着端子は、前記第1電極端子と電気的に接続されるように構成されており、前記第2被接着端子は、前記第2電極端子と電気的に接続されるように構成されており、前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第2方向における前記第1の端部と反対の第2の端部に位置する第1電源端子及び第2電源端子を備え、前記第1電源端子及び前記第2電源端子は、外部電源に接続されるように構成されている。 In another aspect, a dimming unit is provided. The light control unit includes a light control sheet having an edge extending in a first direction, a flexible wiring board unit adhered to the edge, and the light control sheet includes a first transparent electrode sheet, a second transparent electrode sheet; a light control layer located between the first transparent electrode sheet and the second transparent electrode sheet; The portion exposed from the transparent electrode sheet is a first electrode terminal, the portion of the second transparent electrode sheet exposed from the light control layer and the first transparent electrode sheet is a second electrode terminal, and the portion of the second transparent electrode sheet exposed from the light control layer and the first transparent electrode sheet is a second electrode terminal. A terminal and the second electrode terminal are arranged along the first direction at the edge, and the flexible wiring board unit includes a first flexible wiring board extending in the first direction, and a first flexible wiring board extending in the second direction. a second flexible wiring board extending in the second direction, the second flexible wiring board extending in the first direction at a first end of the second flexible wiring board in the second direction; The first flexible wiring board is configured to be electrically connected to the first flexible wiring board so as to intersect with the second direction, and the first flexible wiring board is connected to the first flexible wiring board along the first direction. The first bonded terminal includes a first bonded terminal and a second bonded terminal, the first bonded terminal is configured to be electrically connected to the first electrode terminal, and the second bonded terminal is configured to be electrically connected to the first bonded terminal. The second flexible wiring board is configured to be electrically connected to a two-electrode terminal, and the second flexible wiring board has a second end located at a second end opposite to the first end in the second direction. The power supply terminal includes a first power supply terminal and a second power supply terminal, and the first power supply terminal and the second power supply terminal are configured to be connected to an external power supply.
図1は、第1実施形態の調光ユニットの平面図である。FIG. 1 is a plan view of the light control unit of the first embodiment. 図2は、図1のII-II線に沿った断面図である。FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view taken along line II-II in FIG. 図3は、図1のIII-III線に沿った断面図である。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line III--III in FIG. 1. 図4は、第1実施形態の可撓性配線基板ユニットが備える第1可撓性配線基板及び第2可撓性配線基板の平面図である。FIG. 4 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board and the second flexible wiring board included in the flexible wiring board unit of the first embodiment. 図5は、第1実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板の面付けの一例を示す平面図である。FIG. 5 is a plan view showing an example of the imposition of the first flexible wiring board of the first embodiment. 図6は、第1実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板を製造するための第1積層シートの断面図である。FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of the first laminated sheet for manufacturing the first flexible wiring board of the first embodiment. 図7は、第1実施形態の第2可撓性配線基板の面付けの一例を示す平面図である。FIG. 7 is a plan view showing an example of the imposition of the second flexible wiring board of the first embodiment. 図8は、第1実施形態の第2可撓性配線基板を製造するための第2積層シートの断面図である。FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of the second laminated sheet for manufacturing the second flexible wiring board of the first embodiment. 図9は、第2実施形態の調光ユニットの平面図である。FIG. 9 is a plan view of the light control unit of the second embodiment. 図10は、図9のX-X線に沿った断面図である。FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XX in FIG. 9. 図11は、図9のXI-XI線に沿った断面図である。FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XI-XI in FIG. 図12は、第2実施形態の可撓性配線基板ユニットが備える第1可撓性配線基板の平面図である。FIG. 12 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board included in the flexible wiring board unit of the second embodiment. 図13は、第2実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板の第1中継端子を示す要部拡大図である。FIG. 13 is an enlarged view of the main part showing the first relay terminal of the first flexible wiring board of the second embodiment. 図14は、第2実施形態の可撓性配線基板ユニットが備える第2可撓性配線基板の平面図である。FIG. 14 is a plan view of the second flexible wiring board included in the flexible wiring board unit of the second embodiment. 図15は、第2実施形態の第2可撓性配線基板の第3中継端子を示す要部拡大図である。FIG. 15 is an enlarged view of the main part showing the third relay terminal of the second flexible wiring board of the second embodiment. 図16は、第2実施形態の第1中継端子と第3中継端子とが接着された状態において、第1中継端子と第3中継端子との相対的な位置関係を示す模式図である。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram showing the relative positional relationship between the first relay terminal and the third relay terminal in a state where the first relay terminal and the third relay terminal are bonded together in the second embodiment. 図17は、第3実施形態の調光ユニットの平面図である。FIG. 17 is a plan view of the light control unit of the third embodiment. 図18は、図17のXVIII-XVIII線に沿った断面図である。FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XVIII-XVIII in FIG. 17. 図19は、図17のXIX-XIX線に沿った断面図である。FIG. 19 is a sectional view taken along line XIX-XIX in FIG. 17. 図20は、第3実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板の平面図である。FIG. 20 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the third embodiment. 図21は、第3実施形態の第2可撓性配線基板の平面図である。FIG. 21 is a plan view of the second flexible wiring board of the third embodiment. 図22は、第4実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板の平面図である。FIG. 22 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the fourth embodiment. 図23は、第5実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板の平面図である。FIG. 23 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the fifth embodiment. 図24は、第5実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板の平面図である。FIG. 24 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the fifth embodiment. 図25は、第6実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板の平面図である。FIG. 25 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the sixth embodiment. 図26は、第6実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板の平面図である。FIG. 26 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the sixth embodiment. 図27は、第7実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板の平面図である。FIG. 27 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the seventh embodiment. 図28は、第7実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板の平面図である。FIG. 28 is a plan view of the first flexible wiring board of the seventh embodiment. 図29は、第7実施形態の第2可撓性配線基板の平面図である。FIG. 29 is a plan view of the second flexible wiring board of the seventh embodiment. 図30は、調光シート及び可撓性配線基板の従来例を示す平面図である。FIG. 30 is a plan view showing a conventional example of a light control sheet and a flexible wiring board. 図31は、図30に示す可撓性配線基板の面付け例を示す平面図である。FIG. 31 is a plan view showing an example of imposition of the flexible wiring board shown in FIG. 30.
 [第1実施形態の調光ユニット]
 以下、第1実施形態の調光ユニットについて図1~図8を参照して説明する。
 図1に示すように、第1実施形態の調光ユニット1は、調光シート10と、可撓性配線基板ユニット50とを備える。調光シート10は、第1方向D1に延びる1つの縁部10Eを備える。可撓性配線基板ユニット50は、調光シート10が備える縁部10Eに接続される。
[Dimmer unit of first embodiment]
The light control unit of the first embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 1 to 8.
As shown in FIG. 1, the light control unit 1 of the first embodiment includes a light control sheet 10 and a flexible wiring board unit 50. The light control sheet 10 includes one edge 10E extending in the first direction D1. The flexible wiring board unit 50 is connected to the edge 10E of the light control sheet 10.
 調光シート10は、第1透明電極シート20と、第2透明電極シート30とを備える。図1において、第1透明電極シート20は、第2透明電極シート30に対して紙面手前側に位置する。図1において、第2透明電極シート30は、第1透明電極シート20に対して紙面奥側に位置する。なお、図1では、第1透明電極シート20と第2透明電極シート30との相対的な位置を説明する便宜上から、第1透明電極シート20を太線によって示すとともに、第2透明電極シート30を細線によって示す。 The light control sheet 10 includes a first transparent electrode sheet 20 and a second transparent electrode sheet 30. In FIG. 1, the first transparent electrode sheet 20 is located on the front side of the paper with respect to the second transparent electrode sheet 30. In FIG. 1, the second transparent electrode sheet 30 is located on the back side of the paper with respect to the first transparent electrode sheet 20. In addition, in FIG. 1, for convenience of explaining the relative positions of the first transparent electrode sheet 20 and the second transparent electrode sheet 30, the first transparent electrode sheet 20 is shown by a thick line, and the second transparent electrode sheet 30 is shown by a thick line. Indicated by a thin line.
 調光シート10は、調光シート10が位置する空間を2つに区切る。図1において、調光シート10に区切られた2つの空間のうち第1透明電極シート20に接する紙面手前側の空間が第1空間である。図1において、調光シート10に区切られた2つの空間のうち第2透明電極シート30に接する紙面奥側の空間が第2空間である。 The light control sheet 10 divides the space in which the light control sheet 10 is located into two. In FIG. 1, of the two spaces partitioned by the light control sheet 10, the space on the front side of the paper that is in contact with the first transparent electrode sheet 20 is the first space. In FIG. 1, of the two spaces partitioned by the light control sheet 10, the space on the back side of the plane of the paper that is in contact with the second transparent electrode sheet 30 is the second space.
 調光シート10は、第1電極端子22Pと、第2電極端子32Pとを備える。第1電極端子22Pは、第1透明電極シート20のうち第2透明電極シート30から露出する部分である。第1電極端子22Pは、第2空間(図1中、紙面奥側)に面する。第2電極端子32Pは、第2透明電極シート30のうち第1透明電極シート20から露出する部分である。第2電極端子32Pは、第1空間(図1中、紙面手前側)に面する。第1電極端子22P及び第2電極端子32Pは、第1方向D1に沿って距離を空けて並ぶ。なお、図1では、第1電極端子22Pを破線で囲うとともに、第2電極端子32Pにドットを付す。 The light control sheet 10 includes a first electrode terminal 22P and a second electrode terminal 32P. The first electrode terminal 22P is a portion of the first transparent electrode sheet 20 that is exposed from the second transparent electrode sheet 30. The first electrode terminal 22P faces the second space (the back side of the paper in FIG. 1). The second electrode terminal 32P is a portion of the second transparent electrode sheet 30 that is exposed from the first transparent electrode sheet 20. The second electrode terminal 32P faces the first space (the front side of the paper in FIG. 1). The first electrode terminal 22P and the second electrode terminal 32P are lined up at a distance along the first direction D1. In addition, in FIG. 1, the first electrode terminal 22P is surrounded by a broken line, and the second electrode terminal 32P is marked with a dot.
 縁部10Eは、切欠き10Aを備える。切欠き10Aは、縁部10Eの一部が縁部10Eから調光シート10の内側に向かって窪んだ凹部である。切欠き10Aは、縁部10Eにおいて、第1電極端子22Pと第2電極端子32Pとの間に位置する。 The edge 10E includes a notch 10A. The notch 10A is a recessed portion in which a part of the edge 10E is depressed toward the inside of the light control sheet 10 from the edge 10E. The notch 10A is located between the first electrode terminal 22P and the second electrode terminal 32P at the edge 10E.
 可撓性配線基板ユニット50は、第1方向D1に延びる第1可撓性配線基板60と、第1方向D1と交差する第2方向D2に延びる第2可撓性配線基板70とを備える。第2方向D2は、一例として、第1方向D1と直交する。第1可撓性配線基板60及び第2可撓性配線基板70は、それぞれ1つのフレキシブルプリント基板(FPC)である。 The flexible wiring board unit 50 includes a first flexible wiring board 60 extending in the first direction D1 and a second flexible wiring board 70 extending in the second direction D2 intersecting the first direction D1. The second direction D2 is perpendicular to the first direction D1, for example. The first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 are each one flexible printed circuit board (FPC).
 第1可撓性配線基板60は、第1被接着端子61Pと、第2被接着端子62Pとを備える。第1被接着端子61Pは、一例として、第1方向D1に沿って所定のピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ歯端子を備える。第1被接着端子61Pは、第1電極端子22Pに対して第2空間側(図1中、紙面奥側)に位置する。第1被接着端子61Pは、第1電極端子22Pと対向した状態で、第1電極端子22Pに対して電気的に接続するように接着される。 The first flexible wiring board 60 includes a first bonded terminal 61P and a second bonded terminal 62P. The first bonded terminal 61P includes, for example, tooth terminals arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1. The first adhered terminal 61P is located on the second space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 1) with respect to the first electrode terminal 22P. The first bonded terminal 61P faces the first electrode terminal 22P and is bonded so as to be electrically connected to the first electrode terminal 22P.
 第2被接着端子62Pは、一例として、第1方向D1に沿って所定のピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ歯端子を備える。第2被接着端子62Pは、第2電極端子32Pに対して第1空間側(図1中、紙面手前側)に位置する。第2被接着端子62Pは、第2電極端子32Pと対向した状態で、第2電極端子32Pに対して電気的に接続するように接着される。 The second bonded terminal 62P includes, for example, tooth terminals arranged in a comb-like shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1. The second adhered terminal 62P is located on the first space side (on the near side of the paper in FIG. 1) with respect to the second electrode terminal 32P. The second bonded terminal 62P faces the second electrode terminal 32P and is bonded so as to be electrically connected to the second electrode terminal 32P.
 第1被接着端子61P及び第2被接着端子62Pは、第1可撓性配線基板60のなかで第1方向D1に沿って並ぶ。第1被接着端子61Pは、第1可撓性配線基板60のなかで第1方向D1における一端に位置する。第2被接着端子62Pは、第1可撓性配線基板60のなかで第1方向D1における他端に位置する。言い換えれば、第1被接着端子61Pは、第1可撓性配線基板60のなかで第1方向D1における第1の端部に位置する。第2被接着端子62Pは、第1可撓性配線基板60のなかで第1方向D1における第1の端部と反対の第2の端部に位置する。第1可撓性配線基板60は、切欠き10Aを介して、第1被接着端子61Pが調光シート10に対して第2空間に位置し、かつ第2被接着端子62Pが調光シート10に対して第1空間に位置するように配置される。 The first bonded terminal 61P and the second bonded terminal 62P are lined up along the first direction D1 in the first flexible wiring board 60. The first adhered terminal 61P is located at one end of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1. The second adhered terminal 62P is located at the other end of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1. In other words, the first bonded terminal 61P is located at the first end of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1. The second adhered terminal 62P is located at a second end of the first flexible wiring board 60 opposite to the first end in the first direction D1. In the first flexible wiring board 60, the first bonded terminal 61P is located in a second space with respect to the light control sheet 10 through the notch 10A, and the second bonded terminal 62P is located in the second space with respect to the light control sheet 10. It is arranged so that it is located in the first space with respect to the first space.
 第1可撓性配線基板60は、凸部65を備える。凸部65は、第1可撓性配線基板60のなかで、第1方向D1において、第1被接着端子61Pと第2被接着端子62Pとの間に位置する。凸部65は、第2方向D2に沿って、調光シート10に向かって突き出る。第1方向D1において、凸部65の幅は、切欠き10Aの幅よりも小さい。凸部65は、可撓性配線基板ユニット50が調光シート10に取り付けられた状態で、切欠き10Aの内側に位置する。 The first flexible wiring board 60 includes a convex portion 65. The convex portion 65 is located in the first flexible wiring board 60 between the first bonded terminal 61P and the second bonded terminal 62P in the first direction D1. The convex portion 65 protrudes toward the light control sheet 10 along the second direction D2. In the first direction D1, the width of the convex portion 65 is smaller than the width of the notch 10A. The convex portion 65 is located inside the notch 10A when the flexible wiring board unit 50 is attached to the light control sheet 10.
 例えば、凸部65が切欠き10Aの内側に配置されたときに、第1方向D1において、第1被接着端子61Pが第1電極端子22Pに対して適切に配置されることが好ましい。同時に、第1方向D1において、第2被接着端子62Pが第2電極端子32Pに対して適切に配置されることが好ましい。この場合、第1方向D1において、切欠き10Aに対する凸部65の配置に基づいて、可撓性配線基板ユニット50を適切な位置に取り付けることができる。 For example, when the convex portion 65 is arranged inside the notch 10A, it is preferable that the first adhered terminal 61P is appropriately arranged with respect to the first electrode terminal 22P in the first direction D1. At the same time, it is preferable that the second bonded terminal 62P is appropriately arranged with respect to the second electrode terminal 32P in the first direction D1. In this case, in the first direction D1, the flexible wiring board unit 50 can be attached to an appropriate position based on the arrangement of the convex portion 65 with respect to the notch 10A.
 第2可撓性配線基板70は、第1可撓性配線基板60における第1方向D1の中央において、第2方向D2における第2可撓性配線基板70の第1の端部が第1可撓性配線基板60に対して機械的かつ電気的に接続される。第2可撓性配線基板70は、第1可撓性配線基板60との接続部分から、第2方向D2に沿って調光シート10と反対側に延びる。可撓性配線基板ユニット50は、第1可撓性配線基板60と第2可撓性配線基板70とによって、略T字状の外形を有する。 The second flexible wiring board 70 is arranged such that the first end of the second flexible wiring board 70 in the second direction D2 is located at the center of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1. It is mechanically and electrically connected to the flexible wiring board 60. The second flexible wiring board 70 extends from the connection portion with the first flexible wiring board 60 along the second direction D2 to the opposite side to the light control sheet 10. The flexible wiring board unit 50 has a substantially T-shaped outer shape due to the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70.
 第2可撓性配線基板70は、第1電源端子73Pと、第2電源端子74Pとを備える。第1電源端子73P及び第2電源端子74Pは、第2方向D2における第1の端部と反対の第2の端部に位置する。第1電源端子73P及び第2電源端子74Pは、それぞれ外部電源1Aに接続される。外部電源1Aは、可撓性配線基板ユニット50を介して、第1透明電極シート20と第2透明電極シート30との間に電圧を印加する。これにより、調光シート10が光透過率を変える。 The second flexible wiring board 70 includes a first power terminal 73P and a second power terminal 74P. The first power terminal 73P and the second power terminal 74P are located at a second end opposite to the first end in the second direction D2. The first power supply terminal 73P and the second power supply terminal 74P are each connected to the external power supply 1A. The external power supply 1A applies a voltage between the first transparent electrode sheet 20 and the second transparent electrode sheet 30 via the flexible wiring board unit 50. Thereby, the light control sheet 10 changes the light transmittance.
 [第1実施形態の調光シートの断面構造]
 図2に示すように、調光シート10は、第1透明電極シート20と、第2透明電極シート30と、調光層40とを備える。第1透明電極シート20は、第1透明基材21と、第1透明電極層22とを備える。第2透明電極シート30は、第2透明基材31と、第2透明電極層32とを備える。調光層40は、第1透明電極層22と第2透明電極層32との間に位置する。調光シート10は、第1透明基材21、第1透明電極層22、調光層40、第2透明電極層32、及び、第2透明基材31がこの順に積層されている。
[Cross-sectional structure of the light control sheet of the first embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 2, the light control sheet 10 includes a first transparent electrode sheet 20, a second transparent electrode sheet 30, and a light control layer 40. The first transparent electrode sheet 20 includes a first transparent base material 21 and a first transparent electrode layer 22. The second transparent electrode sheet 30 includes a second transparent base material 31 and a second transparent electrode layer 32. The light control layer 40 is located between the first transparent electrode layer 22 and the second transparent electrode layer 32. In the light control sheet 10, a first transparent base material 21, a first transparent electrode layer 22, a light control layer 40, a second transparent electrode layer 32, and a second transparent base material 31 are laminated in this order.
 第1透明基材21及び第2透明基材31は、可視光を透過する光透過性及び電気的な絶縁性を有する。第1透明基材21及び第2透明基材31を形成する材料は、有機高分子化合物、または無機高分子化合物である。有機高分子化合物は、例えば、ポリエステル、ポリアクリレート、ポリカーボネート、ポリオレフィンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1つである。無機高分子化合物は、例えば、二酸化ケイ素、酸窒化ケイ素、及び、窒化ケイ素からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つである。 The first transparent base material 21 and the second transparent base material 31 have light transmittance to transmit visible light and electrical insulation. The material forming the first transparent base material 21 and the second transparent base material 31 is an organic polymer compound or an inorganic polymer compound. The organic polymer compound is, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of polyester, polyacrylate, polycarbonate, and polyolefin. The inorganic polymer compound is, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of silicon dioxide, silicon oxynitride, and silicon nitride.
 第1透明電極層22及び第2透明電極層32は、それぞれ可視光を透過する光透過性及び導電性を有する。第1透明電極層22及び第2透明電極層32を形成する材料は、例えば、酸化インジウムスズ、フッ素ドープ酸化スズ、酸化スズ、酸化亜鉛、カーボンナノチューブ、ポリ3,4‐エチレンジオキシチオフェンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1つである。 The first transparent electrode layer 22 and the second transparent electrode layer 32 each have light transmittance to transmit visible light and conductivity. The materials forming the first transparent electrode layer 22 and the second transparent electrode layer 32 include, for example, indium tin oxide, fluorine-doped tin oxide, tin oxide, zinc oxide, carbon nanotubes, and poly 3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene. at least one selected from the group.
 調光層40は、第1透明電極層22及び第2透明電極層32を介した電圧の印加の前後で異なる光透過率を有する。調光層40の一例は、透明有機高分子層と液晶組成物とを備える。透明有機高分子層は、第1透明電極層22と第2透明電極層32との間に空隙を区画する。液晶組成物は、透明有機高分子層が有する空隙に充填されている。液晶組成物は、液晶化合物を含む。液晶化合物は、例えば、シッフ塩基系化合物、アゾ系化合物、アゾキシ系化合物、ビフェニル系化合物、ターフェニル系化合物、安息香酸エステル系化合物、トラン系化合物、ピリミジン系化合物、シクロヘキサンカルボン酸エステル系化合物、フェニルシクロヘキサン系化合物、ジオキサン系化合物からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つである。 The light control layer 40 has different light transmittance before and after the voltage is applied through the first transparent electrode layer 22 and the second transparent electrode layer 32. An example of the light control layer 40 includes a transparent organic polymer layer and a liquid crystal composition. The transparent organic polymer layer defines a gap between the first transparent electrode layer 22 and the second transparent electrode layer 32. The liquid crystal composition fills the voids in the transparent organic polymer layer. The liquid crystal composition includes a liquid crystal compound. Examples of liquid crystal compounds include Schiff base compounds, azo compounds, azoxy compounds, biphenyl compounds, terphenyl compounds, benzoic acid ester compounds, tolan compounds, pyrimidine compounds, cyclohexanecarboxylic acid ester compounds, and phenyl compounds. At least one selected from the group consisting of cyclohexane compounds and dioxane compounds.
 透明有機高分子層が液晶組成物を保持する型式は、例えば、高分子ネットワーク型、高分子分散型、及びカプセル型からなる群から選択されるいずれか1つである。高分子ネットワーク型では、透明有機高分子層は、3次元の網目状を有した透明な高分子ネットワークを備え、相互に連通した網目状の空隙のなかに液晶組成物を保持する。高分子分散型では、透明有機高分子層は、孤立した多数の空隙をそのなかに備え、透明有機高分子層に分散した空隙のなかに液晶組成物が保持される。カプセル型では、カプセル状を有した液晶組成物が透明有機高分子層のなかに保持される。なお、液晶組成物は、上述した液晶化合物以外に、透明有機高分子層を形成するためのモノマー、及び二色性色素を含有してもよい。 The type in which the transparent organic polymer layer holds the liquid crystal composition is, for example, one selected from the group consisting of a polymer network type, a polymer dispersed type, and a capsule type. In the polymer network type, the transparent organic polymer layer includes a transparent polymer network having a three-dimensional network structure, and holds the liquid crystal composition in the interconnected network voids. In the polymer dispersed type, the transparent organic polymer layer has a large number of isolated voids therein, and the liquid crystal composition is held in the voids dispersed in the transparent organic polymer layer. In the capsule type, a liquid crystal composition having a capsule shape is held in a transparent organic polymer layer. In addition, the liquid crystal composition may contain, in addition to the above-mentioned liquid crystal compound, a monomer for forming a transparent organic polymer layer and a dichroic dye.
 第1電極端子22Pは、第1透明電極層22のうち第2透明電極シート30及び調光層40から露出する部分である。第1電極端子22Pには、第1導電性接着剤61Aを介して第1可撓性配線基板60の第1被接着端子61Pが電気的に接続されるように接着される。第1導電性接着剤61Aは、例えば、異方性導電フィルム(ACF: Anisotropic Conductive Film)、異方性導電ペースト(ACP: Anisotropic Conductive Paste)、等方性導電フィルム(ICF: Isotropic Conductive Film)、及び等方性導電ペースト(ICP: Isotropic Conductive Paste)からなる群から選択される少なくとも一種である。 The first electrode terminal 22P is a portion of the first transparent electrode layer 22 that is exposed from the second transparent electrode sheet 30 and the light control layer 40. The first bonded terminal 61P of the first flexible wiring board 60 is bonded to the first electrode terminal 22P via the first conductive adhesive 61A so as to be electrically connected thereto. The first conductive adhesive 61A is, for example, an anisotropic conductive film (ACF), an anisotropic conductive paste (ACP), an isotropic conductive film (ICF), and isotropic conductive paste (ICP).
 第1電極端子22Pには、調光層40の端面を覆うための第1封止部61Bが設けられる。第1封止部61Bは、絶縁性を有する樹脂である。第1封止部61Bの材料は、一例として、エポキシ樹脂やアクリル系樹脂等である。第1封止部61Bは、第1電極端子22Pと密着し、かつ、第2透明電極シート30の端面及び調光層40の端面に密着している。 A first sealing portion 61B for covering the end face of the light control layer 40 is provided on the first electrode terminal 22P. The first sealing portion 61B is made of resin having insulation properties. The material of the first sealing portion 61B is, for example, epoxy resin or acrylic resin. The first sealing portion 61B is in close contact with the first electrode terminal 22P, and is also in close contact with the end face of the second transparent electrode sheet 30 and the end face of the light control layer 40.
 図3に示すように、第2電極端子32Pは、第2透明電極層32のうち第1透明電極シート20及び調光層40から露出する部分である。第2電極端子32Pには、第2導電性接着剤62Aを介して第1可撓性配線基板60の第2被接着端子62Pが電気的に接続されるように接着される。第2導電性接着剤62Aの材料は、例えば、第1導電性接着剤61Aと同種の材料を用いることができる。 As shown in FIG. 3, the second electrode terminal 32P is a portion of the second transparent electrode layer 32 that is exposed from the first transparent electrode sheet 20 and the light control layer 40. A second bonded terminal 62P of the first flexible wiring board 60 is bonded to the second electrode terminal 32P via a second conductive adhesive 62A so as to be electrically connected thereto. As the material of the second conductive adhesive 62A, for example, the same kind of material as the first conductive adhesive 61A can be used.
 第2電極端子32Pには、調光層40の端面を覆うための第2封止部62Bが設けられる。第2封止部62Bは、絶縁性の樹脂であって、一例として、エポキシ樹脂やアクリル系樹脂等を用いることができる。第2封止部62Bは、第2電極端子32Pと密着し、かつ、第1透明電極シート20の端面及び調光層40の端面に密着している。第1封止部61B及び第2封止部62Bは、調光層40の端面を覆うことで、調光層40を形成する液晶組成物が外部に漏出することを防ぐとともに、液晶組成物が酸、水分、紫外線などによって劣化することを抑制する。 A second sealing portion 62B for covering the end face of the light control layer 40 is provided on the second electrode terminal 32P. The second sealing portion 62B is made of an insulating resin, and for example, epoxy resin, acrylic resin, or the like can be used. The second sealing portion 62B is in close contact with the second electrode terminal 32P, and is also in close contact with the end face of the first transparent electrode sheet 20 and the end face of the light control layer 40. The first sealing part 61B and the second sealing part 62B prevent the liquid crystal composition forming the light control layer 40 from leaking outside by covering the end face of the light control layer 40, and also prevent the liquid crystal composition from leaking to the outside. Prevents deterioration caused by acids, moisture, ultraviolet rays, etc.
 [第1実施形態の可撓性配線基板ユニット]
 図4に示すように、可撓性配線基板ユニット50では、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とが交差するように、第1可撓性配線基板60と第2可撓性配線基板70とが電気的に接続される。第1可撓性配線基板60は、第1方向D1に沿う幅W1が、第2方向D2に沿う幅W2よりも大きい。第2可撓性配線基板70は、第2方向D2に沿う幅W4が、第1方向D1に沿う幅W3よりも大きい。幅W3は、一例として、幅W1に対して50%未満であり、例えば、30%以下である。幅W2は、一例として、幅W4に対して50%未満であり、例えば、30%以下である。
[Flexible wiring board unit of first embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 4, in the flexible wiring board unit 50, the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 are arranged so that the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 intersect. are electrically connected. In the first flexible wiring board 60, a width W1 along the first direction D1 is larger than a width W2 along the second direction D2. In the second flexible wiring board 70, a width W4 along the second direction D2 is larger than a width W3 along the first direction D1. The width W3 is, for example, less than 50% of the width W1, for example, 30% or less. The width W2 is, for example, less than 50% of the width W4, for example, 30% or less.
 第1可撓性配線基板60は、第1中継端子63Pと、第2中継端子64Pとを備える。第1中継端子63P及び第2中継端子64Pは、第1方向D1において、第1被接着端子61Pと第2被接着端子62Pとの間に位置する。第1中継端子63P及び第2中継端子64Pは、一例として、第1方向D1において、第1可撓性配線基板60の中央に位置する。 The first flexible wiring board 60 includes a first relay terminal 63P and a second relay terminal 64P. The first relay terminal 63P and the second relay terminal 64P are located between the first bonded terminal 61P and the second bonded terminal 62P in the first direction D1. The first relay terminal 63P and the second relay terminal 64P are located at the center of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1, for example.
 第1中継端子63Pは、一例として、第1方向D1に沿って所定のピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ歯端子を備える。第1中継端子63Pは、第1可撓性配線基板60の内部において、第1被接着端子61Pと電気的に接続される。第1被接着端子61P及び第1中継端子63Pは、スルーホール66を介して、互いに相反する方向に面するように配置される。なお、第1被接着端子61Pは、図4では紙面手前側に面する。また、第1中継端子63Pは、図4では紙面奥側に面する。 As an example, the first relay terminal 63P includes tooth terminals arranged in a comb-like shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1. The first relay terminal 63P is electrically connected to the first bonded terminal 61P inside the first flexible wiring board 60. The first bonded terminal 61P and the first relay terminal 63P are arranged so as to face opposite directions through the through hole 66. Note that the first adhered terminal 61P faces the front side of the paper in FIG. Further, the first relay terminal 63P faces toward the back side of the page in FIG. 4 .
 第2中継端子64Pは、一例として、第1方向D1に沿って所定のピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ歯端子を備える。第2中継端子64Pは、第1可撓性配線基板60の内部において、第2被接着端子62Pと電気的に接続される。第2中継端子64Pは、第2被接着端子62Pと同じ方向(図4では紙面奥側)に面する。したがって、第1可撓性配線基板60のなかで、第1被接着端子61Pは、第2被接着端子62P、第1中継端子63P、及び、第2中継端子64Pと相反する方向に面する。 As an example, the second relay terminal 64P includes tooth terminals arranged in a comb-like shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1. The second relay terminal 64P is electrically connected to the second bonded terminal 62P inside the first flexible wiring board 60. The second relay terminal 64P faces in the same direction as the second adhered terminal 62P (in FIG. 4, toward the back of the paper). Therefore, in the first flexible wiring board 60, the first bonded terminal 61P faces the opposite direction to the second bonded terminal 62P, the first relay terminal 63P, and the second relay terminal 64P.
 第2可撓性配線基板70は、第3中継端子71Pと、第4中継端子72Pとを備える。第3中継端子71P及び第4中継端子72Pは、第2方向D2において、第1電源端子73P及び第2電源端子74Pが位置する第2の端部と反対側の第1の端部に位置する。第1方向D1及び第2方向D2を含む面内において、第1中継端子63Pに対する第2中継端子64Pの相対位置は、第3中継端子71Pに対する第4中継端子72Pの相対位置に等しい。 The second flexible wiring board 70 includes a third relay terminal 71P and a fourth relay terminal 72P. The third relay terminal 71P and the fourth relay terminal 72P are located at a first end opposite to the second end where the first power terminal 73P and the second power terminal 74P are located in the second direction D2. . In a plane including the first direction D1 and the second direction D2, the relative position of the second relay terminal 64P with respect to the first relay terminal 63P is equal to the relative position of the fourth relay terminal 72P with respect to the third relay terminal 71P.
 第3中継端子71Pは、一例として、第1方向D1に沿って第1中継端子63Pと同じピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ歯端子を備える。第3中継端子71Pは、第1可撓性配線基板60の内部において、第1電源端子73Pと電気的に接続される。第4中継端子72Pは、一例として、第1方向D1に沿って第2中継端子64Pと同じピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ歯端子を備える。第4中継端子72Pは、第1可撓性配線基板60の内部において、第2電源端子74Pと電気的に接続される。第2可撓性配線基板70は、第3中継端子71P、第4中継端子72P、第1電源端子73P、及び第2電源端子74Pの何れもが同じ方向(図4では紙面手前側)に面する。 As an example, the third relay terminal 71P includes tooth terminals arranged in a comb-like shape at the same pitch as the first relay terminal 63P along the first direction D1. The third relay terminal 71P is electrically connected to the first power supply terminal 73P inside the first flexible wiring board 60. For example, the fourth relay terminal 72P includes tooth terminals arranged in a comb-teeth shape along the first direction D1 at the same pitch as the second relay terminal 64P. The fourth relay terminal 72P is electrically connected to the second power terminal 74P inside the first flexible wiring board 60. The second flexible wiring board 70 has a third relay terminal 71P, a fourth relay terminal 72P, a first power supply terminal 73P, and a second power supply terminal 74P all facing in the same direction (the front side in the paper in FIG. 4). do.
 第3中継端子71Pは、第1中継端子63Pと対向した状態で、第1中継端子63Pと電気的に接続される。第4中継端子72Pは、第2中継端子64Pと対向した状態で、第2中継端子64Pと電気的に接続される。第1中継端子63Pと第3中継端子71Pとの接続、及び、第2中継端子64Pと第4中継端子72Pとの接続には、例えば、異方性導電フィルム、異方性導電ペースト、等方性導電フィルム、及び等方性導電ペーストからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種からなる接着剤が用いられる。第1可撓性配線基板60及び第2可撓性配線基板70は、第1中継端子63Pと第3中継端子71Pとの接続、及び、第2中継端子64Pと第4中継端子72Pとの接続によって一体に接続される。 The third relay terminal 71P is electrically connected to the first relay terminal 63P while facing the first relay terminal 63P. The fourth relay terminal 72P is electrically connected to the second relay terminal 64P while facing the second relay terminal 64P. For the connection between the first relay terminal 63P and the third relay terminal 71P and the connection between the second relay terminal 64P and the fourth relay terminal 72P, for example, an anisotropic conductive film, an anisotropic conductive paste, isotropic An adhesive consisting of at least one member selected from the group consisting of isotropic conductive film and isotropic conductive paste is used. The first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 connect the first relay terminal 63P and the third relay terminal 71P, and the connection between the second relay terminal 64P and the fourth relay terminal 72P. are connected together by.
 第1被接着端子61Pは、第1中継端子63Pと第3中継端子71Pとを介して第1電源端子73Pと電気的に接続される。したがって、外部電源1Aは、第1電源端子73P、第3中継端子71P、第1中継端子63P、第1被接着端子61P、第1電極端子22Pを介して、第1透明電極シート20と電気的に接続される。 The first bonded terminal 61P is electrically connected to the first power supply terminal 73P via the first relay terminal 63P and the third relay terminal 71P. Therefore, the external power supply 1A is electrically connected to the first transparent electrode sheet 20 via the first power supply terminal 73P, the third relay terminal 71P, the first relay terminal 63P, the first adhered terminal 61P, and the first electrode terminal 22P. connected to.
 第2被接着端子62Pは、第2中継端子64Pと第4中継端子72Pとを介して第2電源端子74Pと電気的に接続される。したがって、外部電源1Aは、第2電源端子74P、第4中継端子72P、第2中継端子64P、第2被接着端子62P、第2電極端子32Pを介して、第2透明電極シート30と電気的に接続される。 The second bonded terminal 62P is electrically connected to the second power supply terminal 74P via the second relay terminal 64P and the fourth relay terminal 72P. Therefore, the external power supply 1A is electrically connected to the second transparent electrode sheet 30 via the second power supply terminal 74P, the fourth relay terminal 72P, the second relay terminal 64P, the second adhered terminal 62P, and the second electrode terminal 32P. connected to.
 [可撓性配線基板の面付け]
 図5に示すように、第1可撓性配線基板60を製造する際には、第1可撓性配線基板60を形成する材料が積層されている第1積層シート80のなかに複数の第1可撓性配線基板60が面付けされる。第1積層シート80には、一例として、第2方向D2に沿って複数の第1可撓性配線基板60が面付けされる。
[Imposition of flexible wiring board]
As shown in FIG. 5, when manufacturing the first flexible wiring board 60, a plurality of first laminated sheets 80 on which materials forming the first flexible wiring board 60 are laminated are arranged. 1 flexible wiring board 60 is mounted. For example, a plurality of first flexible wiring boards 60 are placed on the first laminated sheet 80 along the second direction D2.
 図6に示すように、第1積層シート80は、2層の外側フィルム層81,82と、2層の外側フィルム層81,82の間に配置される両面導体層83とを備える両面構造を有する。両面導体層83は、一例として、導電性を有する2層の導体層84,85と、2層の導体層84,85の間に配置される内側フィルム層86とを備える。2層の外側フィルム層81,82及び内側フィルム層86は、絶縁性を有する樹脂製のフィルムであって、一例として、ポリイミドによって形成される。2層の外側フィルム層81,82及び内側フィルム層86は、絶縁層の一例である。2層の導体層84,85は、一例として、銅箔によって形成される。導体層84は、外側フィルム層81と接する。導体層85は、外側フィルム層82と接する。両面構造を有する第1可撓性配線基板60は、外側フィルム層81と、導体層84と、内側フィルム層86と、導体層85と、外側フィルム層82と、がこの順に積層されて形成される。両面構造では、1つの可撓性配線基板が備える複数の端子が相反する方向に面する。言い換えれば、両面構造を有する可撓性配線基板では、1つの可撓性配線基板が備える複数の端子を、相反する2つの方向の何れかに面するように配置することができる。 As shown in FIG. 6, the first laminated sheet 80 has a double-sided structure including two outer film layers 81 and 82 and a double-sided conductor layer 83 disposed between the two outer film layers 81 and 82. have The double-sided conductor layer 83 includes, for example, two conductive layers 84 and 85 having conductivity, and an inner film layer 86 disposed between the two conductive layers 84 and 85. The two outer film layers 81 and 82 and the inner film layer 86 are insulating resin films, and are made of polyimide, for example. The two outer film layers 81 and 82 and the inner film layer 86 are examples of insulating layers. The two conductor layers 84 and 85 are formed of copper foil, for example. Conductor layer 84 contacts outer film layer 81 . Conductive layer 85 contacts outer film layer 82 . The first flexible wiring board 60 having a double-sided structure is formed by laminating an outer film layer 81, a conductor layer 84, an inner film layer 86, a conductor layer 85, and an outer film layer 82 in this order. Ru. In the double-sided structure, a plurality of terminals provided on one flexible wiring board face opposite directions. In other words, in a flexible wiring board having a double-sided structure, a plurality of terminals included in one flexible wiring board can be arranged so as to face either of two opposite directions.
 また、図6では、第1被接着端子61Pと、第1中継端子63Pと、スルーホール66とを1つの断面中に模式的に示している。第1被接着端子61Pは、外側フィルム層81が取り除かれることで、導体層84が露出する部分である。第1中継端子63Pは、外側フィルム層82が取り除かれることで、導体層85が露出する部分である。第1被接着端子61P及び第1中継端子63Pは、互いに相反する方向に面する。第1被接着端子61P及び第1中継端子63Pの間に位置する2つの導体層84,85は、スルーホール66を介して電気的に接続される。なお、第2被接着端子62P及び第2中継端子64Pは、外側フィルム層82が取り除かれることで、導体層85が露出する部分である。第2被接着端子62P及び第2中継端子64Pは、第1中継端子63Pと同じ方向に面する。 Further, in FIG. 6, the first bonded terminal 61P, the first relay terminal 63P, and the through hole 66 are schematically shown in one cross section. The first adhered terminal 61P is a portion where the conductor layer 84 is exposed when the outer film layer 81 is removed. The first relay terminal 63P is a portion where the conductor layer 85 is exposed when the outer film layer 82 is removed. The first bonded terminal 61P and the first relay terminal 63P face opposite directions. Two conductor layers 84 and 85 located between the first adhered terminal 61P and the first relay terminal 63P are electrically connected via the through hole 66. Note that the second adhered terminal 62P and the second relay terminal 64P are portions where the conductor layer 85 is exposed when the outer film layer 82 is removed. The second adhered terminal 62P and the second relay terminal 64P face the same direction as the first relay terminal 63P.
 図7に示すように、第2可撓性配線基板70を製造する際には、第2可撓性配線基板70を形成する材料が積層されている第2積層シート90のなかに複数の第2可撓性配線基板70が面付けされる。第2積層シート90には、一例として、第2方向D2に沿って複数の第2可撓性配線基板70が並び、かつ、第1方向D1に沿って、隣り合う第2可撓性配線基板70が180度反転された状態で交互に並ぶように面付けされる。 As shown in FIG. 7, when manufacturing the second flexible wiring board 70, a plurality of layers are included in the second laminated sheet 90 on which the materials forming the second flexible wiring board 70 are laminated. 2 flexible wiring board 70 is mounted. For example, the second laminated sheet 90 includes a plurality of second flexible wiring boards 70 lined up along the second direction D2, and adjacent second flexible wiring boards 70 arranged along the first direction D1. 70 are reversed 180 degrees and arranged alternately.
 図8に示すように、第2積層シート90は、2層のフィルム層91,92と、2層のフィルム層91,92の間に配置される導体層93とを備える片面構造を有する。2層のフィルム層91,92は、それぞれ絶縁性を有する樹脂製のフィルムであって、一例として、ポリイミドによって形成される。2層のフィルム層91,92は、絶縁層の一例である。導体層93は、一例として、銅箔によって形成される。片面構造を有する第2可撓性配線基板70は、フィルム層91と、導体層93と、フィルム層92と、がこの順に積層されて形成される。片面構造を有する第2可撓性配線基板70は、積層方向において、両面構造を有する第1可撓性配線基板60よりも少数の層を有する。片面構造では、1つの可撓性配線基板が備える複数の端子が1つの方向に面する。言い換えれば、片面構造を有する可撓性配線基板では、1つの可撓性配線基板が備える複数の端子が1つの同じ方向に面するように配置される。 As shown in FIG. 8, the second laminated sheet 90 has a single-sided structure including two film layers 91 and 92 and a conductor layer 93 disposed between the two film layers 91 and 92. The two film layers 91 and 92 are each made of an insulating resin film, and are made of polyimide, for example. The two film layers 91 and 92 are an example of an insulating layer. The conductor layer 93 is formed of copper foil, for example. The second flexible wiring board 70 having a single-sided structure is formed by laminating a film layer 91, a conductor layer 93, and a film layer 92 in this order. The second flexible wiring board 70 having a single-sided structure has fewer layers in the stacking direction than the first flexible wiring board 60 having a double-sided structure. In the single-sided structure, a plurality of terminals included in one flexible wiring board face in one direction. In other words, in a flexible wiring board having a single-sided structure, a plurality of terminals included in one flexible wiring board are arranged so as to face the same direction.
 また、図8では、第3中継端子71P、第4中継端子72P、第1電源端子73P、及び第2電源端子74Pを1つの断面中に模式的に示している。第3中継端子71P、第4中継端子72P、第1電源端子73P、及び第2電源端子74Pは、フィルム層91が取り除かれることで、導体層93が露出する部分である。第3中継端子71P、第4中継端子72P、第1電源端子73P、及び第2電源端子74Pは、互いに同じ方向に面する。 Further, in FIG. 8, the third relay terminal 71P, the fourth relay terminal 72P, the first power terminal 73P, and the second power terminal 74P are schematically shown in one cross section. The third relay terminal 71P, the fourth relay terminal 72P, the first power supply terminal 73P, and the second power supply terminal 74P are portions where the conductor layer 93 is exposed when the film layer 91 is removed. The third relay terminal 71P, the fourth relay terminal 72P, the first power terminal 73P, and the second power terminal 74P face the same direction.
 可撓性配線基板ユニット50において、延在方向が互いに異なる第1可撓性配線基板60と第2可撓性配線基板70とは、各別に製造された後、一体に接続される。これにより、第1積層シート80のなかで第1可撓性配線基板60を歩留まりが高くなるように効率的に面付けすることができる。同様に、第2積層シート90のなかで第2可撓性配線基板70を歩留まりが高くなるように効率的に面付けすることができる。したがって、第1可撓性配線基板60と第2可撓性配線基板70とを1つの可撓性配線基板として製造する場合よりも、歩留まりを向上させることができる。 In the flexible wiring board unit 50, the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70, which extend in different directions, are manufactured separately and then connected together. Thereby, the first flexible wiring board 60 can be efficiently laid out in the first laminated sheet 80 so as to increase the yield. Similarly, the second flexible wiring board 70 can be efficiently laid out in the second laminated sheet 90 so as to increase the yield. Therefore, the yield can be improved compared to the case where the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 are manufactured as one flexible wiring board.
 第1可撓性配線基板60と第2可撓性配線基板70とを各別に製造することで、第1可撓性配線基板60が両面構造を有する一方、第2可撓性配線基板70が片面構造を有することが可能となる。仮に、第1可撓性配線基板60と第2可撓性配線基板70とを1つの可撓性配線基板として製造する場合、当該可撓性配線基板の全体が両面構造を有する第1積層シート80から形成される。片面構造を有する第2積層シート90は、両面構造を有する第1積層シート80と比較して、構成する層の数が少ない分だけ厚さが薄く、これにより高い柔軟性及び耐屈曲性を有する。また、構成する層の数が少ない分だけ、製造コストも安価になる。そのため、第1可撓性配線基板60が両面構造を有する一方、第2可撓性配線基板70が片面構造を有することで、第2可撓性配線基板70の層構成を簡素化して柔軟性を高めることができる。また、可撓性配線基板ユニット50の全体が両面構造を有する場合と比較して、製造コストを抑えることも可能となる。 By manufacturing the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 separately, the first flexible wiring board 60 has a double-sided structure, while the second flexible wiring board 70 has a double-sided structure. It becomes possible to have a single-sided structure. If the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 are manufactured as one flexible wiring board, the entire flexible wiring board has a first laminated sheet having a double-sided structure. Formed from 80. The second laminated sheet 90 having a single-sided structure is thinner than the first laminated sheet 80 having a double-sided structure because it has fewer layers, and thus has high flexibility and bending resistance. . Furthermore, since the number of constituent layers is small, the manufacturing cost is also low. Therefore, while the first flexible wiring board 60 has a double-sided structure, the second flexible wiring board 70 has a single-sided structure, which simplifies the layer structure of the second flexible wiring board 70 and increases its flexibility. can be increased. Furthermore, manufacturing costs can be reduced compared to the case where the entire flexible wiring board unit 50 has a double-sided structure.
 第1中継端子63P及び第2中継端子64Pは、第1可撓性配線基板60のなかで、互いに同じ方向に面するように配置される。同様に、第3中継端子71P及び第4中継端子72Pは、第2可撓性配線基板70のなかで互いに同じ方向に面するように配置される。そのため、第1中継端子63Pと第3中継端子71Pとの接続、及び、第2中継端子64Pと第4中継端子72Pとの接続を同時に行うことができる。これにより、第1可撓性配線基板60と第2可撓性配線基板70との接続を効率よく行うことができる。 The first relay terminal 63P and the second relay terminal 64P are arranged in the first flexible wiring board 60 so as to face the same direction. Similarly, the third relay terminal 71P and the fourth relay terminal 72P are arranged in the second flexible wiring board 70 so as to face the same direction. Therefore, the first relay terminal 63P and the third relay terminal 71P can be connected at the same time, and the second relay terminal 64P and the fourth relay terminal 72P can be connected at the same time. Thereby, the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 can be efficiently connected.
 [第1実施形態の利点]
 上記第1実施形態によれば、以下に列挙する利点を得ることができる。
 (1-1)可撓性配線基板ユニット50では、延在方向が互いに異なる第1可撓性配線基板60と第2可撓性配線基板70とが各別に製造された後に、それらが一体に接続される。したがって、第1可撓性配線基板60及び第2可撓性配線基板70のそれぞれを歩留まりが高くなるように効率的に面付けすることができる。これにより、第1可撓性配線基板60と第2可撓性配線基板70とを1つの可撓性配線基板として製造する場合よりも、歩留まりを向上させることができる。
[Advantages of the first embodiment]
According to the first embodiment, the following advantages can be obtained.
(1-1) In the flexible wiring board unit 50, the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70, which extend in different directions, are manufactured separately and then integrated into one. Connected. Therefore, each of the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 can be efficiently surfaced to increase the yield. Thereby, the yield can be improved compared to the case where the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 are manufactured as one flexible wiring board.
 (1-2)第1可撓性配線基板60が両面構造を有する一方、第2可撓性配線基板70が片面構造を有する。これによって、可撓性配線基板ユニット50の全体が両面構造を有する場合と比較して、第2可撓性配線基板70の層構成を簡素化することができる。これにより、第2可撓性配線基板70の柔軟性を高めることができる。また、製造コストの削減が可能ともなる。 (1-2) The first flexible wiring board 60 has a double-sided structure, while the second flexible wiring board 70 has a single-sided structure. Thereby, the layer structure of the second flexible wiring board 70 can be simplified compared to the case where the entire flexible wiring board unit 50 has a double-sided structure. Thereby, the flexibility of the second flexible wiring board 70 can be increased. It also becomes possible to reduce manufacturing costs.
 (1-3)第1中継端子63Pと第2中継端子64Pとを同じ方向に面するように配置し、かつ、第3中継端子71Pと第4中継端子72Pとを同じ方向に面するように配置することで、第1可撓性配線基板60と第2可撓性配線基板70とを効率よく接続できる。 (1-3) The first relay terminal 63P and the second relay terminal 64P are arranged so as to face the same direction, and the third relay terminal 71P and the fourth relay terminal 72P are arranged so as to face the same direction. By arranging the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70, it is possible to efficiently connect the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70.
 [第1実施形態の変更例]
 なお、上記第1実施形態は、以下のように変更して実施することができる。また、以下に示す変更例は、技術的に矛盾しない範囲で組み合わせることができる。
[Example of modification of the first embodiment]
Note that the first embodiment described above can be modified and implemented as follows. In addition, the modification examples shown below can be combined within a technically consistent range.
 ・第2可撓性配線基板70は、第1可撓性配線基板60における第1方向D1の中央から一方の端部の側に偏倚した位置において、第1可撓性配線基板60に対して接続されてもよい。すなわち、第1中継端子63P及び第2中継端子64Pは、第1方向D1において、第1被接着端子61Pの側に偏倚して位置してもよいし、第2被接着端子62Pの側に偏倚して位置してもよい。例えば、第1中継端子63P及び第2中継端子64Pは、第1可撓性配線基板60における第1方向D1の一端に位置してもよい。この場合、第2可撓性配線基板70は、第1可撓性配線基板60における第1方向D1の一端において、第1可撓性配線基板60に対して接続される。この場合、給電対象の一例である調光シート10から外部電源1Aまでの配線経路の自由度が高められる。また、この場合であっても、上記(1-1)、(1-2)に準じた利点を得ることができる。なお、第1可撓性配線基板60と第2可撓性配線基板70とが、第1可撓性配線基板60における第1方向D1の中央で接続される形状の可撓性配線基板ユニット50を、1つの可撓性配線基板として製造する場合には、特に面付け効率が悪くなる。このような場合に、第1可撓性配線基板60と第2可撓性配線基板70とを各別に製造することで、可撓性配線基板ユニット50を1つの可撓性配線基板として製造する場合と比較したときの歩留まりの向上効果がより大きくなる。 - The second flexible wiring board 70 is positioned relative to the first flexible wiring board 60 at a position offset from the center of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1 to one end side. May be connected. That is, the first relay terminal 63P and the second relay terminal 64P may be located biased toward the first bonded terminal 61P or biased toward the second bonded terminal 62P in the first direction D1. may be located. For example, the first relay terminal 63P and the second relay terminal 64P may be located at one end of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1. In this case, the second flexible wiring board 70 is connected to the first flexible wiring board 60 at one end of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1. In this case, the degree of freedom of the wiring route from the light control sheet 10, which is an example of the power supply target, to the external power source 1A is increased. Furthermore, even in this case, advantages similar to the above (1-1) and (1-2) can be obtained. Note that the flexible wiring board unit 50 has a shape in which the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 are connected at the center of the first flexible wiring board 60 in the first direction D1. When these are manufactured as one flexible wiring board, the imposition efficiency becomes particularly poor. In such a case, by manufacturing the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 separately, the flexible wiring board unit 50 can be manufactured as one flexible wiring board. The effect of improving yield is greater when compared to the case where
 ・第1方向D1が第2方向D2と直交する場合を例示したが、第2方向D2は、第1方向D1と交差する方向であればよい。例えば、第1可撓性配線基板60に対して、第2可撓性配線基板70が斜めに接続されてもよい。この場合であっても、上記(1-1)、(1-2)に準じた利点を得ることができる。なお、第1可撓性配線基板60と第2可撓性配線基板70との組み合わせのように、2つの可撓性配線基板の延在方向が直交する可撓性配線基板ユニット50を1つの可撓性配線基板として製造する場合には、特に面付け効率が悪くなる。この点、延在方向が直交する第1可撓性配線基板60と第2可撓性配線基板70とを各別に製造することで、可撓性配線基板ユニット50を1つの可撓性配線基板として製造する場合と比較したときの歩留まりの向上効果がより大きくなる。 - Although the case where the first direction D1 is perpendicular to the second direction D2 has been illustrated, the second direction D2 may be any direction as long as it intersects with the first direction D1. For example, the second flexible wiring board 70 may be connected diagonally to the first flexible wiring board 60. Even in this case, advantages similar to (1-1) and (1-2) above can be obtained. Note that, like the combination of the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70, two flexible wiring board units 50 in which the extending directions of the two flexible wiring boards are orthogonal are combined into one flexible wiring board unit 50. When manufactured as a flexible wiring board, the imposition efficiency is particularly poor. In this regard, by separately manufacturing the first flexible wiring board 60 and the second flexible wiring board 70 whose extending directions are perpendicular to each other, the flexible wiring board unit 50 can be integrated into one flexible wiring board. The effect of improving the yield is greater when compared to the case of manufacturing as
 ・第2可撓性配線基板70は、両面構造を有していてもよい。例えば、第1電源端子73Pと第2電源端子74Pとが互いに相反する方向に面してもよい。この場合、第3中継端子71Pと第1電源端子73Pとの間、もしくは、第4中継端子72Pと第2電源端子74Pとの間にスルーホールが設けられる。この場合、第1電源端子73P及び第2電源端子74Pと外部電源1Aとの接続形態の自由度が高められる。 - The second flexible wiring board 70 may have a double-sided structure. For example, the first power terminal 73P and the second power terminal 74P may face opposite directions. In this case, a through hole is provided between the third relay terminal 71P and the first power supply terminal 73P or between the fourth relay terminal 72P and the second power supply terminal 74P. In this case, the degree of freedom in connecting the first power terminal 73P and the second power terminal 74P to the external power source 1A is increased.
 [第2実施形態の調光ユニット]
 以下、第2実施形態の調光ユニットについて図9~図16を参照して説明する。
 図9に示すように、第2実施形態の調光ユニット101は、第1実施形態と同様の調光シート10と、可撓性配線基板ユニット150とを備える。可撓性配線基板ユニット150は、調光シート10が備える縁部10Eに接続される。
[Dimmer unit of second embodiment]
The light control unit of the second embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 9 to 16.
As shown in FIG. 9, a light control unit 101 of the second embodiment includes a light control sheet 10 similar to that of the first embodiment and a flexible wiring board unit 150. The flexible wiring board unit 150 is connected to the edge 10E of the light control sheet 10.
 可撓性配線基板ユニット150は、第1方向D1に延びる第1可撓性配線基板160と、第1方向D1と交差する第2方向D2に延びる第2可撓性配線基板170とを備える。言い換えれば、可撓性配線基板ユニット150では、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とが交差するように、第1可撓性配線基板160と第2可撓性配線基板170とが電気的に接続される。第1可撓性配線基板160は、可撓性配線基板ユニット150において、給電対象の一例である調光シート10との電気的な接続を担う。第2可撓性配線基板170は、可撓性配線基板ユニット150において、外部電源1Aとの電気的な接続を担う。 The flexible wiring board unit 150 includes a first flexible wiring board 160 extending in the first direction D1 and a second flexible wiring board 170 extending in the second direction D2 intersecting the first direction D1. In other words, in the flexible wiring board unit 150, the first flexible wiring board 160 and the second flexible wiring board 170 are electrically connected so that the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 intersect. Connected. The first flexible wiring board 160 is responsible for electrical connection with the light control sheet 10, which is an example of a power supply target, in the flexible wiring board unit 150. The second flexible wiring board 170 is responsible for electrical connection with the external power supply 1A in the flexible wiring board unit 150.
 第1可撓性配線基板160及び第2可撓性配線基板170は、それぞれ1つのフレキシブルプリント基板(FPC)である。第1可撓性配線基板160は、第1被接着端子161と、第2被接着端子162とを備える。第1被接着端子161及び第2被接着端子162は、第1可撓性配線基板160のなかで第1方向D1に沿って並ぶ。第1被接着端子161は、第1可撓性配線基板160のなかで第1方向D1における一端に位置する。第2被接着端子162は、第1可撓性配線基板160のなかで第1方向D1における他端に位置する。言い換えれば、第1被接着端子161は、第1可撓性配線基板160のなかで第1方向D1における第1の端部に位置する。第2被接着端子162は、第1可撓性配線基板160のなかで第1方向D1における第1の端部と反対の第2の端部に位置する。 The first flexible wiring board 160 and the second flexible wiring board 170 are each one flexible printed circuit board (FPC). The first flexible wiring board 160 includes a first bonded terminal 161 and a second bonded terminal 162. The first bonded terminal 161 and the second bonded terminal 162 are lined up along the first direction D1 in the first flexible wiring board 160. The first bonded terminal 161 is located at one end of the first flexible wiring board 160 in the first direction D1. The second adhered terminal 162 is located at the other end of the first flexible wiring board 160 in the first direction D1. In other words, the first bonded terminal 161 is located at the first end of the first flexible wiring board 160 in the first direction D1. The second adhered terminal 162 is located at a second end of the first flexible wiring board 160 opposite to the first end in the first direction D1.
 第1被接着端子161は、第1電極端子22Pに対して第2空間側(図9中、紙面奥側)に位置し、かつ、第1空間側(図9中、紙面手前側)に面する。第1被接着端子161は、第1方向D1に沿って所定のピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ複数の第1被接着歯端子161Pを備える。第1被接着歯端子161Pは、第1電極端子22Pと対向した状態で第1電極端子22Pに対して電気的に接続するように接着される。 The first bonded terminal 161 is located on the second space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 9) with respect to the first electrode terminal 22P, and has a surface facing the first space (the front side of the paper in FIG. 9). do. The first bonded terminal 161 includes a plurality of first bonded tooth terminals 161P arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1. The first tooth terminal 161P to be bonded is bonded so as to be electrically connected to the first electrode terminal 22P while facing the first electrode terminal 22P.
 第2被接着端子162は、第2電極端子32Pに対して第1空間側(図9中、紙面手前側)に位置し、かつ、第2空間側(図9中、紙面奥側)に面する。第2被接着端子162は、第1方向D1に沿って所定のピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ複数の第2被接着歯端子162Pを備える。第2被接着歯端子162Pは、第2電極端子32Pと対向した状態で第2電極端子32Pに対して電気的に接続するように接着される。 The second adhered terminal 162 is located on the first space side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 9) with respect to the second electrode terminal 32P, and has a surface facing the second space (the back side of the paper in FIG. 9). do. The second bonded terminal 162 includes a plurality of second bonded tooth terminals 162P arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1. The second tooth terminal 162P to be bonded is bonded so as to be electrically connected to the second electrode terminal 32P while facing the second electrode terminal 32P.
 第1可撓性配線基板160は、第1中継端子163と、第2中継端子164とを備える。第1中継端子163及び第2中継端子164は、第1可撓性配線基板160のなかで第2方向D2に沿って互いに一定の距離を空けて並ぶ。第1中継端子163及び第2中継端子164は、第1空間側(図9中、紙面手前側)に面する。 The first flexible wiring board 160 includes a first relay terminal 163 and a second relay terminal 164. The first relay terminal 163 and the second relay terminal 164 are lined up in the first flexible wiring board 160 along the second direction D2 at a constant distance from each other. The first relay terminal 163 and the second relay terminal 164 face the first space side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 9).
 第1被接着端子161及び第2被接着端子162は、第1可撓性配線基板160のなかで第2方向D2における一端に位置する。第2中継端子164は、第1可撓性配線基板160のなかで第2方向D2における第1被接着端子161及び第2被接着端子162と反対の他端に位置する。言い換えれば、第1被接着端子161及び第2被接着端子162は、第1可撓性配線基板160のなかで第2方向D2における第1の端部に位置する。第2中継端子164は、第1可撓性配線基板160のなかで第2方向D2における第1被接着端子161及び第2被接着端子162と反対の端部、すなわち、第1の端部と反対の第2の端部に位置する。第1中継端子163は、第2方向D2において、第1被接着端子161及び第2被接着端子162と、第2中継端子164との間に位置する。 The first bonded terminal 161 and the second bonded terminal 162 are located at one end of the first flexible wiring board 160 in the second direction D2. The second relay terminal 164 is located at the other end of the first flexible wiring board 160 opposite to the first bonded terminal 161 and the second bonded terminal 162 in the second direction D2. In other words, the first bonded terminal 161 and the second bonded terminal 162 are located at the first end of the first flexible wiring board 160 in the second direction D2. The second relay terminal 164 is located at an end of the first flexible wiring board 160 opposite to the first bonded terminal 161 and the second bonded terminal 162 in the second direction D2, that is, the first end. located at the opposite second end. The first relay terminal 163 is located between the first bonded terminal 161, the second bonded terminal 162, and the second relay terminal 164 in the second direction D2.
 第1中継端子163は、第1方向D1に沿って一定のピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ複数の第1歯端子163Pを備える。第1中継端子163は、一例として、第1方向D1において、第1被接着端子161の位置から第2被接着端子162の位置に亘って複数の第1歯端子163Pが並ぶ。 The first relay terminal 163 includes a plurality of first tooth terminals 163P arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a constant pitch along the first direction D1. As an example, in the first relay terminal 163, a plurality of first tooth terminals 163P are lined up from the position of the first to-be-bonded terminal 161 to the position of the second to-be-bonded terminal 162 in the first direction D1.
 第2中継端子164は、第1方向D1に沿って一定のピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ複数の第2歯端子164Pを備える。第2中継端子164は、一例として、第1方向D1において、第1被接着端子161の位置から第2被接着端子162の位置に亘って複数の第2歯端子164Pが並ぶ。 The second relay terminal 164 includes a plurality of second tooth terminals 164P arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a constant pitch along the first direction D1. In the second relay terminal 164, for example, a plurality of second tooth terminals 164P are lined up from the position of the first to-be-bonded terminal 161 to the position of the second to-be-bonded terminal 162 in the first direction D1.
 第2可撓性配線基板170は、第2方向D2の第1の端部が第1可撓性配線基板160に対して機械的かつ電気的に接続される。第2可撓性配線基板170は、第1可撓性配線基板160との接続部分から、第2方向D2に沿って調光シート10と反対側に延びる。可撓性配線基板ユニット150は、一例として、第1可撓性配線基板160と第2可撓性配線基板170とによって、略T字状の外形を有する。 The first end of the second flexible wiring board 170 in the second direction D2 is mechanically and electrically connected to the first flexible wiring board 160. The second flexible wiring board 170 extends from the connection portion with the first flexible wiring board 160 along the second direction D2 to the side opposite to the light control sheet 10. For example, the flexible wiring board unit 150 has a substantially T-shaped outer shape due to the first flexible wiring board 160 and the second flexible wiring board 170.
 第2可撓性配線基板170は、第3中継端子171と、第4中継端子172とを備える。第3中継端子171及び第4中継端子172は、第2可撓性配線基板170のなかで第2方向D2の第1の端部に位置する。第3中継端子171及び第4中継端子172は、第4中継端子172が第3中継端子171に対して第2方向D2に沿って一定の距離を空けた状態で、第1方向D1に沿って並ぶ。第3中継端子171及び第4中継端子172は、第2空間側(図9中、紙面奥側)に面する。 The second flexible wiring board 170 includes a third relay terminal 171 and a fourth relay terminal 172. The third relay terminal 171 and the fourth relay terminal 172 are located at the first end of the second flexible wiring board 170 in the second direction D2. The third relay terminal 171 and the fourth relay terminal 172 are connected along the first direction D1 with the fourth relay terminal 172 spaced apart from the third relay terminal 171 by a certain distance along the second direction D2. line up. The third relay terminal 171 and the fourth relay terminal 172 face the second space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 9).
 第3中継端子171は、第1方向D1に沿って一定のピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ複数の第3歯端子171Pを備える。第4中継端子172は、第1方向D1に沿って一定のピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ複数の第4歯端子172Pを備える。第1歯端子163P、第2歯端子164P、第3歯端子171P、及び第4歯端子172Pのそれぞれが並ぶピッチは、互いに等しい。 The third relay terminal 171 includes a plurality of third tooth terminals 171P arranged in a comb-teeth pattern at a constant pitch along the first direction D1. The fourth relay terminal 172 includes a plurality of fourth tooth terminals 172P arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a constant pitch along the first direction D1. The pitches at which the first tooth terminals 163P, the second tooth terminals 164P, the third tooth terminals 171P, and the fourth tooth terminals 172P are arranged are equal to each other.
 第1歯端子163Pの数は、一例として、第2歯端子164Pの数と等しい。第3歯端子171Pの数は、一例として、第4歯端子172Pの数と等しい。第1歯端子163Pの数は、第3歯端子171Pの数よりも多い。第2歯端子164Pの数は、第4歯端子172Pの数よりも多い。 As an example, the number of first tooth terminals 163P is equal to the number of second tooth terminals 164P. For example, the number of third tooth terminals 171P is equal to the number of fourth tooth terminals 172P. The number of first tooth terminals 163P is greater than the number of third tooth terminals 171P. The number of second tooth terminals 164P is greater than the number of fourth tooth terminals 172P.
 各第3歯端子171Pは、複数の第1歯端子163Pのうちの何れか1つに対して機械的かつ電気的に接続される。同様に、各第4歯端子172Pは、複数の第2歯端子164Pのうちの何れか1つに対して機械的かつ電気的に接続される。これにより、第1可撓性配線基板160と第2可撓性配線基板170とが機械的かつ電気的に接続される。 Each third tooth terminal 171P is mechanically and electrically connected to any one of the plurality of first tooth terminals 163P. Similarly, each fourth tooth terminal 172P is mechanically and electrically connected to any one of the plurality of second tooth terminals 164P. This mechanically and electrically connects the first flexible wiring board 160 and the second flexible wiring board 170.
 第2可撓性配線基板170は、第1電源端子173Pと、第2電源端子174Pとを備える。第1電源端子173P及び第2電源端子174Pは、第2方向D2において、第3中継端子171及び第4中継端子172が位置する第1の端部と反対側の第2の端部に位置する。第1電源端子173P及び第2電源端子174Pは、それぞれ外部電源1Aに接続される。外部電源1Aは、可撓性配線基板ユニット150を介して、第1透明電極シート20と第2透明電極シート30との間に電圧を印加する。これにより、調光シート10が光透過率を変える。調光シート10は、外部電源1Aが可撓性配線基板ユニット150を介して電力を供給する給電対象の一例である。 The second flexible wiring board 170 includes a first power terminal 173P and a second power terminal 174P. The first power terminal 173P and the second power terminal 174P are located at a second end opposite to the first end where the third relay terminal 171 and the fourth relay terminal 172 are located in the second direction D2. . The first power supply terminal 173P and the second power supply terminal 174P are each connected to the external power supply 1A. The external power supply 1A applies a voltage between the first transparent electrode sheet 20 and the second transparent electrode sheet 30 via the flexible wiring board unit 150. Thereby, the light control sheet 10 changes the light transmittance. The light control sheet 10 is an example of a power supply target to which the external power supply 1A supplies power via the flexible wiring board unit 150.
 [第2実施形態の調光ユニットの断面構造]
 図10及び図11に示すように、第1可撓性配線基板160は、第1外側絶縁層160A、第2外側絶縁層160B、内側絶縁層160C、第1導体層160D、及び第2導体層160E(図11参照)を備える。内側絶縁層160Cは、第1外側絶縁層160Aと第2外側絶縁層160Bとの間に位置する。第1外側絶縁層160Aは、内側絶縁層160Cに対して調光シート10が区切る第1空間側に位置する。第2外側絶縁層160Bは、内側絶縁層160Cに対して調光シート10が区切る第2空間側に位置する。第1外側絶縁層160A、第2外側絶縁層160B、及び内側絶縁層160Cは、絶縁性を有する樹脂製のフィルムであって、一例として、ポリイミドから形成される。
[Cross-sectional structure of the light control unit of the second embodiment]
As shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, the first flexible wiring board 160 includes a first outer insulating layer 160A, a second outer insulating layer 160B, an inner insulating layer 160C, a first conductor layer 160D, and a second conductor layer. 160E (see FIG. 11). The inner insulating layer 160C is located between the first outer insulating layer 160A and the second outer insulating layer 160B. The first outer insulating layer 160A is located on the side of the first space defined by the light control sheet 10 with respect to the inner insulating layer 160C. The second outer insulating layer 160B is located on the side of the second space defined by the light control sheet 10 with respect to the inner insulating layer 160C. The first outer insulating layer 160A, the second outer insulating layer 160B, and the inner insulating layer 160C are insulating resin films, and are made of polyimide, for example.
 第1導体層160Dは、第1外側絶縁層160Aと内側絶縁層160Cとの間に位置する。第2導体層160Eは、第2外側絶縁層160Bと内側絶縁層160Cとの間に位置する。第1導体層160D及び第2導体層160Eは、導電性を有する金属製のフィルムであって、一例として、銅箔から形成される。なお、図10に示す断面中には、第2導体層160Eは配置されていない。また、図10に示す第1導体層160Dは、図11に示す第1導体層160Dに対して電気的に絶縁されている。両面構造を有する第1可撓性配線基板160は、第1外側絶縁層160Aと、第1導体層160Dと、内側絶縁層160Cと、第2導体層160Eと、第2外側絶縁層160Bとがこの順に積層されて形成される。 The first conductor layer 160D is located between the first outer insulating layer 160A and the inner insulating layer 160C. The second conductor layer 160E is located between the second outer insulating layer 160B and the inner insulating layer 160C. The first conductor layer 160D and the second conductor layer 160E are conductive metal films, and are made of copper foil, for example. Note that the second conductor layer 160E is not arranged in the cross section shown in FIG. Further, the first conductor layer 160D shown in FIG. 10 is electrically insulated from the first conductor layer 160D shown in FIG. 11. The first flexible wiring board 160 having a double-sided structure includes a first outer insulating layer 160A, a first conductor layer 160D, an inner insulating layer 160C, a second conductor layer 160E, and a second outer insulating layer 160B. They are formed by laminating in this order.
 図10に示すように、第1被接着端子161及び第1中継端子163は、第1可撓性配線基板160のなかで、第1導体層160Dが第1外側絶縁層160Aから露出する部分である。第1被接着端子161は、第1可撓性配線基板160の内部において、第1導体層160Dを介して第1中継端子163と電気的に接続される。 As shown in FIG. 10, the first bonded terminal 161 and the first relay terminal 163 are located at the portion of the first flexible wiring board 160 where the first conductor layer 160D is exposed from the first outer insulating layer 160A. be. The first adhered terminal 161 is electrically connected to the first relay terminal 163 inside the first flexible wiring board 160 via the first conductor layer 160D.
 第1電極端子22Pには、第1導電性接着剤61Aを介して第1被接着端子161が電気的に接続されるように接着される。第1電極端子22Pには、調光層40の端面を覆うための第1封止部61Bが設けられる。 A first bonded terminal 161 is bonded to the first electrode terminal 22P via a first conductive adhesive 61A so as to be electrically connected thereto. A first sealing portion 61B for covering the end face of the light control layer 40 is provided on the first electrode terminal 22P.
 図11に示すように、第2被接着端子162は、第1可撓性配線基板160のなかで、第2導体層160Eが第2外側絶縁層160Bから露出する部分である。第2中継端子164は、第1可撓性配線基板160のなかで、第1導体層160Dが第1外側絶縁層160Aから露出する部分である。第2被接着端子162を形成する第2導体層160E、及び、第2中継端子164を形成する第1導体層160Dは、スルーホール165を介して電気的に接続される。 As shown in FIG. 11, the second bonded terminal 162 is a portion of the first flexible wiring board 160 where the second conductor layer 160E is exposed from the second outer insulating layer 160B. The second relay terminal 164 is a portion of the first flexible wiring board 160 where the first conductor layer 160D is exposed from the first outer insulating layer 160A. The second conductor layer 160E forming the second adhered terminal 162 and the first conductor layer 160D forming the second relay terminal 164 are electrically connected via a through hole 165.
 第2電極端子32Pには、第2導電性接着剤62Aを介して第1可撓性配線基板160の第2被接着端子162が電気的に接続されるように接着される。第2電極端子32Pには、調光層40の端面を覆うための第2封止部62Bが設けられる。 A second bonded terminal 162 of the first flexible wiring board 160 is bonded to the second electrode terminal 32P via a second conductive adhesive 62A so as to be electrically connected thereto. A second sealing portion 62B for covering the end face of the light control layer 40 is provided on the second electrode terminal 32P.
 [第2実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板]
 図12に示すように、第1方向D1において、第1中継端子163の長さは、第2中継端子164の長さと等しい。第1方向D1において、第2中継端子164は、第1中継端子163に対して、距離L1の分だけ第2被接着端子162側にずれた位置に配置される。第1方向D1において、第1可撓性配線基板160における第2被接着端子162側の端部と、第1中継端子163との間には、複数のスルーホール165が配置される。第2方向D2において、第2中継端子164は、第1中継端子163に対して一定の距離L2を空けた状態で配置される。
[First flexible wiring board of second embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 12, the length of the first relay terminal 163 is equal to the length of the second relay terminal 164 in the first direction D1. In the first direction D1, the second relay terminal 164 is disposed at a position shifted toward the second adhered terminal 162 by a distance L1 with respect to the first relay terminal 163. In the first direction D1, a plurality of through holes 165 are arranged between the end of the first flexible wiring board 160 on the second bonded terminal 162 side and the first relay terminal 163. In the second direction D2, the second relay terminal 164 is arranged at a constant distance L2 from the first relay terminal 163.
 次に、図13を参照して第1歯端子163Pについて説明する。なお、図13では、第1導体層160Dに薄いドットを付して示す。また、第2歯端子164Pは、第1歯端子163Pと同様の構成を有することから、その詳細な説明を割愛する。 Next, the first tooth terminal 163P will be explained with reference to FIG. 13. Note that in FIG. 13, the first conductor layer 160D is shown with thin dots. Further, since the second tooth terminal 164P has the same configuration as the first tooth terminal 163P, a detailed explanation thereof will be omitted.
 図13に示すように、複数の第1歯端子163Pは、第1方向D1に沿って一定のピッチP1で並ぶ。各第1歯端子163Pは、第1凸部166を備える。第1凸部166は、第1方向D1及び第2方向D2の各々において、第1歯端子163Pに対して第3歯端子171Pを適正な位置に配置するための基準部の一例である。第1凸部166は、一例として、第1方向D1に沿って、第1被接着端子161側から第2被接着端子162側に向かって、第1歯端子163Pの側縁から突き出る。第1方向D1において、第1歯端子163Pのなかで第2方向D2に延びる部分の中心から第1凸部166の先端までの長さが距離L3である。第1凸部166は、一例として、第2方向D2において、第1歯端子163Pのほぼ中央に位置する。 As shown in FIG. 13, the plurality of first tooth terminals 163P are arranged at a constant pitch P1 along the first direction D1. Each first tooth terminal 163P includes a first convex portion 166. The first convex portion 166 is an example of a reference portion for arranging the third tooth terminal 171P at an appropriate position with respect to the first tooth terminal 163P in each of the first direction D1 and the second direction D2. For example, the first convex portion 166 protrudes from the side edge of the first tooth terminal 163P from the first bonded terminal 161 side toward the second bonded terminal 162 side along the first direction D1. In the first direction D1, the length from the center of the portion of the first tooth terminal 163P extending in the second direction D2 to the tip of the first convex portion 166 is a distance L3. For example, the first convex portion 166 is located approximately at the center of the first tooth terminal 163P in the second direction D2.
 [第2実施形態の第2可撓性配線基板]
 次に、図14を参照して第2可撓性配線基板170について説明する。なお、図14では、第2可撓性配線基板170を、図9に示す状態から表裏を反転させた状態を図示している。
[Second flexible wiring board of second embodiment]
Next, the second flexible wiring board 170 will be explained with reference to FIG. 14. Note that FIG. 14 shows the second flexible wiring board 170 in a state in which the front and back sides are reversed from the state shown in FIG.
 図14に示すように、第2可撓性配線基板170は、第3外側絶縁層170A、第4外側絶縁層170B、及び導体層170Cを備える。導体層170Cは、第3外側絶縁層170Aと第4外側絶縁層170Bとの間に位置する。第3外側絶縁層170Aは、導体層170Cに対して第1空間側(図14中、紙面奥側)に位置する。第4外側絶縁層170Bは、導体層170Cに対して第2空間側(図14中、紙面手前側)に位置する。第3外側絶縁層170A及び第4外側絶縁層170Bは、絶縁性を有する樹脂製のフィルムであって、一例として、ポリイミドから形成される。導体層170Cは、導電性を有する金属製のフィルムであって、一例として、銅箔から形成される。片面構造を有する第2可撓性配線基板170は、第3外側絶縁層170Aと、導体層170Cと、第4外側絶縁層170Bと、がこの順に積層されて形成される。片面構造を有する第2可撓性配線基板170は、積層方向において、両面構造を有する第1可撓性配線基板160よりも少数の層を有する。 As shown in FIG. 14, the second flexible wiring board 170 includes a third outer insulating layer 170A, a fourth outer insulating layer 170B, and a conductor layer 170C. The conductor layer 170C is located between the third outer insulating layer 170A and the fourth outer insulating layer 170B. The third outer insulating layer 170A is located on the first space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 14) with respect to the conductor layer 170C. The fourth outer insulating layer 170B is located on the second space side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 14) with respect to the conductor layer 170C. The third outer insulating layer 170A and the fourth outer insulating layer 170B are insulating resin films, and are made of polyimide, for example. The conductor layer 170C is a metal film having conductivity, and is made of copper foil, for example. The second flexible wiring board 170 having a single-sided structure is formed by laminating a third outer insulating layer 170A, a conductor layer 170C, and a fourth outer insulating layer 170B in this order. The second flexible wiring board 170 having a single-sided structure has fewer layers in the stacking direction than the first flexible wiring board 160 having a double-sided structure.
 第2可撓性配線基板170が備える第3中継端子171、第4中継端子172、第1電源端子173P、及び第2電源端子174Pは、導体層170Cが第4外側絶縁層170Bから露出する部分である。導体層170Cは、第2可撓性配線基板170の内部において、第3中継端子171と第1電源端子173Pとを電気的に接続するとともに、第4中継端子172と第2電源端子174Pとを電気的に接続する。なお、導体層170Cにおいて、第3中継端子171と第1電源端子173Pとを接続する部分は、第4中継端子172と第2電源端子174Pとを接続する部分に対して、電気的に絶縁されている。 The third relay terminal 171, the fourth relay terminal 172, the first power supply terminal 173P, and the second power supply terminal 174P included in the second flexible wiring board 170 are the portions where the conductor layer 170C is exposed from the fourth outer insulating layer 170B. It is. The conductor layer 170C electrically connects the third relay terminal 171 and the first power terminal 173P inside the second flexible wiring board 170, and also connects the fourth relay terminal 172 and the second power terminal 174P. Connect electrically. Note that in the conductor layer 170C, a portion connecting the third relay terminal 171 and the first power terminal 173P is electrically insulated from a portion connecting the fourth relay terminal 172 and the second power terminal 174P. ing.
 第1方向D1において、第3中継端子171の長さは、第4中継端子172の長さと等しい。第1方向D1において、第3中継端子171のうち第4中継端子172から遠い側の端部から、第4中継端子172のうち第3中継端子171に近い側の端部までの距離L4は、距離L1と等しい。第2方向D2において、第4中継端子172は、第3中継端子171に対して一定の距離L5を空けた状態で配置される。距離L5は、距離L2と等しい。 In the first direction D1, the length of the third relay terminal 171 is equal to the length of the fourth relay terminal 172. In the first direction D1, the distance L4 from the end of the third relay terminal 171 that is far from the fourth relay terminal 172 to the end of the fourth relay terminal 172 that is close to the third relay terminal 171 is: Equal to distance L1. In the second direction D2, the fourth relay terminal 172 is arranged with a certain distance L5 from the third relay terminal 171. Distance L5 is equal to distance L2.
 このような配置によれば、各第3歯端子171Pが複数の第1歯端子163Pの何れか1つと電気的に接続されたときに、各第4歯端子172Pが複数の第2歯端子164Pの何れか1つと電気的に接続される。換言すると、第3中継端子171は、各第3歯端子171Pが第1歯端子163Pと接続されたときに、各第4歯端子172Pが第2歯端子164Pと接続されるように、第4中継端子172に対して配置される。 According to such an arrangement, when each third tooth terminal 171P is electrically connected to any one of the plurality of first tooth terminals 163P, each fourth tooth terminal 172P is connected to the plurality of second tooth terminals 164P. electrically connected to one of the following. In other words, the third relay terminal 171 connects the fourth tooth terminal 171 so that when each third tooth terminal 171P is connected to the first tooth terminal 163P, each fourth tooth terminal 172P is connected to the second tooth terminal 164P. It is arranged with respect to the relay terminal 172.
 第1可撓性配線基板160では、3層の絶縁層160A~160C及び2層の導体層160D,160Eによって、第2被接着端子162が、第1被接着端子161、第1中継端子163、及び第2中継端子164と相反する方向に面するように配置される。これに対して、第2可撓性配線基板170では、2つの絶縁層170A,170B及び1つの導体層170Cによって、第3中継端子171、第4中継端子172、第1電源端子173P、及び第2電源端子174Pが、互いに同じ方向に面するように配置される。このような構成であれば、第1被接着歯端子161Pと第2被接着歯端子162Pとが相反する方向に面することを要する場合であっても、第2可撓性配線基板170の層構成を簡素化することができる。結果として、構成する層が少ない分だけ、第2可撓性配線基板170の耐屈曲性や柔軟性を高めることが可能ともなる。 In the first flexible wiring board 160, the second bonded terminal 162 is connected to the first bonded terminal 161, the first relay terminal 163, and is arranged so as to face the opposite direction to the second relay terminal 164. On the other hand, in the second flexible wiring board 170, the third relay terminal 171, the fourth relay terminal 172, the first power supply terminal 173P, and the The two power supply terminals 174P are arranged so as to face the same direction. With such a configuration, even if the first tooth terminal 161P and the second tooth terminal 162P are required to face opposite directions, the layers of the second flexible wiring board 170 The configuration can be simplified. As a result, it becomes possible to improve the bending resistance and flexibility of the second flexible wiring board 170 due to the fewer layers.
 次に、図15を参照して第3歯端子171Pについて説明する。なお、図15では、導体層170Cに濃いドットを付して示す。また、第4歯端子172Pは、第3歯端子171Pと同様の構成を有することから、その詳細な説明を割愛する。 Next, the third tooth terminal 171P will be explained with reference to FIG. 15. Note that in FIG. 15, the conductor layer 170C is shown with dark dots. Further, since the fourth tooth terminal 172P has the same configuration as the third tooth terminal 171P, a detailed explanation thereof will be omitted.
 図15に示すように、複数の第3歯端子171Pは、第1方向D1に沿って一定のピッチP1で並ぶ。複数の第3歯端子171Pのうち第1方向D1の各端に位置する第3歯端子171Pは、それぞれ2つの第2凸部175を備える。第2凸部175は、第1方向D1及び第2方向D2の各々において、第1歯端子163Pに対して第3歯端子171Pを適正な位置に配置するための位置決め部の一例である。 As shown in FIG. 15, the plurality of third tooth terminals 171P are lined up at a constant pitch P1 along the first direction D1. The third tooth terminals 171P located at each end in the first direction D1 among the plurality of third tooth terminals 171P each include two second convex portions 175. The second convex portion 175 is an example of a positioning portion for arranging the third tooth terminal 171P at an appropriate position with respect to the first tooth terminal 163P in each of the first direction D1 and the second direction D2.
 第2凸部175は、一例として、第1方向D1に沿って、第3中継端子171側から第4中継端子172側に向かって、第3歯端子171Pの側縁から突き出る。第1方向D1において、第3歯端子171Pのなかで第2方向D2に延びる部分の中心から第2凸部175の先端までの長さが距離L6である。距離L6は、一例として、距離L3よりも大きい。2つの第2凸部175は、一例として、第2方向D2において、第1凸部166の幅よりも大きな間隔を空けて並ぶ。 As an example, the second convex portion 175 protrudes from the side edge of the third tooth terminal 171P from the third relay terminal 171 side toward the fourth relay terminal 172 side along the first direction D1. In the first direction D1, the length from the center of the portion of the third tooth terminal 171P extending in the second direction D2 to the tip of the second convex portion 175 is a distance L6. The distance L6 is, for example, larger than the distance L3. For example, the two second convex portions 175 are arranged with a gap greater than the width of the first convex portion 166 in the second direction D2.
 [第2実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板と第2可撓性配線基板との接続]
 各第3歯端子171Pは、複数の第1歯端子163Pのうち何れか1つに対して、対向した状態で電気的に接続される。同時に各第4歯端子172Pは、複数の第2歯端子164Pのうち何れか1つと対向した状態で、第2歯端子164Pと電気的に接続される。第1歯端子163Pと第3歯端子171Pとの接続、及び、第2歯端子164Pと第4歯端子172Pとの接続は、例えば、異方性導電フィルム、異方性導電ペースト、等方性導電フィルム、及び等方性導電ペーストからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種からなる接着剤が用いられる。
[Connection between the first flexible wiring board and the second flexible wiring board of the second embodiment]
Each third tooth terminal 171P is electrically connected to any one of the plurality of first tooth terminals 163P in a facing state. At the same time, each fourth tooth terminal 172P is electrically connected to the second tooth terminal 164P while facing any one of the plurality of second tooth terminals 164P. The connection between the first tooth terminal 163P and the third tooth terminal 171P and the connection between the second tooth terminal 164P and the fourth tooth terminal 172P can be made using, for example, an anisotropic conductive film, an anisotropic conductive paste, an isotropic conductive paste, etc. An adhesive consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of a conductive film and an isotropic conductive paste is used.
 第1可撓性配線基板160及び第2可撓性配線基板170は、第1歯端子163Pと第3歯端子171Pとの接続、及び、第2歯端子164Pと第4歯端子172Pとの接続によって一体に接続される。第1歯端子163P及び第2歯端子164Pが互いに同じ方向に面し、かつ、第3歯端子171P及び第4歯端子172Pが互いに同じ方向に面する。そのため、第1歯端子163Pと第3歯端子171Pとの接続、及び、第2歯端子164Pと第4歯端子172Pとの接続を一度に行うことができる。 The first flexible wiring board 160 and the second flexible wiring board 170 connect the first tooth terminal 163P and the third tooth terminal 171P, and the connection between the second tooth terminal 164P and the fourth tooth terminal 172P. are connected together by. The first tooth terminal 163P and the second tooth terminal 164P face the same direction, and the third tooth terminal 171P and the fourth tooth terminal 172P face the same direction. Therefore, the connection between the first tooth terminal 163P and the third tooth terminal 171P and the connection between the second tooth terminal 164P and the fourth tooth terminal 172P can be performed at the same time.
 可撓性配線基板ユニット150は、第1歯端子163Pに対する第3歯端子171Pの配置、及び、第2歯端子164Pに対する第4歯端子172Pの配置を、ピッチP1ごとに変えることができる。すなわち、可撓性配線基板ユニット150は、第1方向D1において、第1可撓性配線基板160に対する第2可撓性配線基板170の配置をピッチP1ごとに変えることができる。 The flexible wiring board unit 150 can change the arrangement of the third tooth terminal 171P with respect to the first tooth terminal 163P and the arrangement of the fourth tooth terminal 172P with respect to the second tooth terminal 164P for each pitch P1. That is, the flexible wiring board unit 150 can change the arrangement of the second flexible wiring board 170 with respect to the first flexible wiring board 160 at every pitch P1 in the first direction D1.
 第1被接着端子161は、第1中継端子163、第3中継端子171、及び第1電源端子173Pを介して外部電源1Aに電気的に接続される。第2被接着端子162は、第2中継端子164、第4中継端子172、及び第2電源端子174Pを介して外部電源1Aに電気的に接続される。 The first bonded terminal 161 is electrically connected to the external power supply 1A via the first relay terminal 163, the third relay terminal 171, and the first power supply terminal 173P. The second adhered terminal 162 is electrically connected to the external power supply 1A via the second relay terminal 164, the fourth relay terminal 172, and the second power supply terminal 174P.
 なお、複数の第1歯端子163Pのうち、第3歯端子171Pと接続されない第1歯端子163Pは、例えば、絶縁性を有した樹脂ペーストを塗工及び硬化させることによって封止される。同様に、複数の第2歯端子164Pのうち、第4歯端子172Pと接続されない第2歯端子164Pは、例えば、絶縁性を有した樹脂ペーストを塗工及び硬化させることによって封止される。 Note that among the plurality of first tooth terminals 163P, the first tooth terminals 163P that are not connected to the third tooth terminals 171P are sealed by, for example, applying and curing an insulating resin paste. Similarly, of the plurality of second tooth terminals 164P, the second tooth terminals 164P that are not connected to the fourth tooth terminals 172P are sealed, for example, by applying and curing an insulating resin paste.
 次に、図16を参照して、第1歯端子163Pと第3歯端子171Pとの接続部分について説明する。なお、図16では、第1可撓性配線基板160が備える第1導体層160Dに薄いドットを付して示すとともに、導体層170Cに濃いドットを付して示す。また、第2歯端子164P及び第4歯端子172Pは、第1歯端子163P及び第3歯端子171Pと同様の構成を有することから、その詳細な説明を割愛する。 Next, with reference to FIG. 16, the connection portion between the first tooth terminal 163P and the third tooth terminal 171P will be described. Note that in FIG. 16, the first conductor layer 160D of the first flexible wiring board 160 is shown with thin dots, and the conductor layer 170C is shown with dark dots. Further, since the second tooth terminal 164P and the fourth tooth terminal 172P have the same configuration as the first tooth terminal 163P and the third tooth terminal 171P, detailed explanation thereof will be omitted.
 各第3歯端子171Pは、複数の第1歯端子163Pのうち何れか1つに対して重なった状態で接続される。第2方向D2において、第1方向D1の各端に位置する第3歯端子171Pが備える2つの第2凸部175の間には、第1歯端子163Pが備える第1凸部166が位置する。同時に、第1方向D1において、2つの第2凸部175の先端は、隣り合う第1歯端子163Pの間であって、第1凸部166と、当該第1凸部166に最も近い他の第1歯端子163Pの側縁との間に位置する。換言すると、第1凸部166は、第3歯端子171Pの側縁と2つの第2凸部175とによって形成される凹部の内側に位置する。 Each third tooth terminal 171P is connected to any one of the plurality of first tooth terminals 163P in an overlapping state. In the second direction D2, the first protrusion 166 of the first tooth terminal 163P is located between the two second protrusions 175 of the third tooth terminal 171P located at each end of the first direction D1. . At the same time, in the first direction D1, the tips of the two second convex parts 175 are located between the adjacent first tooth terminals 163P, and are located between the first convex part 166 and the other closest to the first convex part 166. It is located between the side edge of the first tooth terminal 163P. In other words, the first convex portion 166 is located inside the recess formed by the side edge of the third tooth terminal 171P and the two second convex portions 175.
 第3歯端子171Pの側縁と2つの第2凸部175とによって形成される凹部の内側に第1凸部166が配置されたときに、第1方向D1及び第2方向D2の各々において、第1歯端子163Pが第3歯端子171Pに適正に配置される。すなわち、第1方向D1及び第2方向D2の各々において、第1凸部166と2つの第2凸部175との相対的な配置に基づいて、第1歯端子163Pに対して第3歯端子171Pを適正な位置に配置することができる。 When the first protrusion 166 is arranged inside the recess formed by the side edge of the third tooth terminal 171P and the two second protrusions 175, in each of the first direction D1 and the second direction D2, The first tooth terminal 163P is properly placed on the third tooth terminal 171P. That is, in each of the first direction D1 and the second direction D2, based on the relative arrangement of the first convex portion 166 and the two second convex portions 175, the third tooth terminal is placed relative to the first tooth terminal 163P. 171P can be placed at an appropriate position.
 また、複数の第3歯端子171Pのうち、第1方向D1における各端に位置する第3歯端子171Pにおいて、第1凸部166と第2凸部175とを用いた位置決めが行われる。これにより、第3中継端子171が備える各第3歯端子171Pを、各々が接続される第1歯端子163Pに対して適正な位置に配置することができる。また、第1凸部166は、何れの第1歯端子163Pにも設けられている。そのため、2つの第2凸部175を備えた第3歯端子171Pが何れの第1歯端子163Pと接続された場合でも、第1凸部166に対して2つの第2凸部175を適正な位置に配置することで、第1歯端子163Pに対して第3歯端子171Pを適正な位置に配置できる。 Further, among the plurality of third tooth terminals 171P, positioning is performed using the first convex portion 166 and the second convex portion 175 in the third tooth terminals 171P located at each end in the first direction D1. Thereby, each third tooth terminal 171P included in the third relay terminal 171 can be placed at an appropriate position with respect to the first tooth terminal 163P to which each third tooth terminal 171P is connected. Further, the first convex portion 166 is provided on each of the first tooth terminals 163P. Therefore, no matter which first tooth terminal 163P the third tooth terminal 171P having the two second convex portions 175 is connected to, the two second convex portions 175 are properly connected to the first convex portion 166. By arranging the third tooth terminal 171P at the appropriate position, the third tooth terminal 171P can be placed at an appropriate position with respect to the first tooth terminal 163P.
 [第2実施形態の利点]
 上記第2実施形態によれば、上記(1-1)の利点に加えて以下に列挙する利点を得ることができる。
[Advantages of second embodiment]
According to the second embodiment, in addition to the advantage (1-1) above, the following advantages can be obtained.
 (2-1)可撓性配線基板ユニット150では、第1方向D1において、第1可撓性配線基板160に対する第2可撓性配線基板170の配置をピッチP1ごとに変えることができる。例えば、図30に示す可撓性配線基板330において、第1部分331から第2部分332を引き出す位置は、調光シート300から外部電源340までの配線経路に応じて決まる。第1部分331から第2部分332を引き出す位置が異なる場合には、第1部分331及び第2部分332の各々が同じ形状でも、可撓性配線基板330の全体を別形状の新たな可撓性配線基板として作製する必要がある。この点、第2実施形態の可撓性配線基板ユニット150であれば、第1可撓性配線基板160に対する第2可撓性配線基板170の配置を変えることで、複数種類の配線経路を実現できる。 (2-1) In the flexible wiring board unit 150, the arrangement of the second flexible wiring board 170 with respect to the first flexible wiring board 160 can be changed at every pitch P1 in the first direction D1. For example, in the flexible wiring board 330 shown in FIG. 30, the position where the second portion 332 is pulled out from the first portion 331 is determined depending on the wiring route from the light control sheet 300 to the external power source 340. If the positions at which the second portion 332 is pulled out from the first portion 331 are different, even if the first portion 331 and the second portion 332 have the same shape, the entire flexible wiring board 330 may be replaced with a new flexible wiring board having a different shape. It is necessary to manufacture it as a flexible wiring board. In this regard, in the flexible wiring board unit 150 of the second embodiment, multiple types of wiring routes can be realized by changing the arrangement of the second flexible wiring board 170 with respect to the first flexible wiring board 160. can.
 (2-2)第1可撓性配線基板160のなかで第1中継端子163及び第2中継端子164が互いに同じ方向に面し、かつ、第2可撓性配線基板170のなかで第3中継端子171及び第4中継端子172が互いに同じ方向に面する。これにより、第1中継端子163と第3中継端子171との接続、及び、第2中継端子164と第4中継端子172との接続を一度に行うことができる。したがって、第1可撓性配線基板160と第2可撓性配線基板170とを効率よく接続できる。 (2-2) The first relay terminal 163 and the second relay terminal 164 in the first flexible wiring board 160 face the same direction, and the third relay terminal in the second flexible wiring board 170 faces the same direction. Relay terminal 171 and fourth relay terminal 172 face the same direction. Thereby, the connection between the first relay terminal 163 and the third relay terminal 171 and the connection between the second relay terminal 164 and the fourth relay terminal 172 can be performed at the same time. Therefore, the first flexible wiring board 160 and the second flexible wiring board 170 can be efficiently connected.
 (2-3)第1可撓性配線基板160において、第2被接着端子162が、第1被接着端子161、第1中継端子163、及び第2中継端子164と相反する方向に面する。また、第2可撓性配線基板170において、第3中継端子171、第4中継端子172、第1電源端子173P、及び第2電源端子174Pが互いに同じ方向に面する。このような構成であれば、第1被接着端子161と第2被接着端子162とが相反する方向に面することを要する場合でも、第2可撓性配線基板170の層構成を簡素化することができる。結果として、第2可撓性配線基板170の耐屈曲性や柔軟性を高めることが可能ともなる。 (2-3) In the first flexible wiring board 160, the second bonded terminal 162 faces in the opposite direction to the first bonded terminal 161, the first relay terminal 163, and the second relay terminal 164. Further, in the second flexible wiring board 170, the third relay terminal 171, the fourth relay terminal 172, the first power terminal 173P, and the second power terminal 174P face the same direction. With such a configuration, the layer structure of the second flexible wiring board 170 can be simplified even if the first bonded terminal 161 and the second bonded terminal 162 are required to face in opposite directions. be able to. As a result, it becomes possible to improve the bending resistance and flexibility of the second flexible wiring board 170.
 (2-4)各第1歯端子163Pに第1凸部166を設けることで、第2凸部175を備えた第3歯端子171Pが何れの第1歯端子163Pと接続された場合であっても、第1歯端子163Pに対して第3歯端子171Pを適正な位置に配置できる。同様に、各第2歯端子164Pに第1凸部166を設けることで、第2凸部175を備えた第4歯端子172Pが何れの第2歯端子164Pと接続された場合であっても、第2歯端子164Pに対して第4歯端子172Pを適正な位置に配置できる。 (2-4) By providing the first convex portion 166 on each first tooth terminal 163P, it is possible to connect the third tooth terminal 171P provided with the second convex portion 175 to which first tooth terminal 163P. However, the third tooth terminal 171P can be placed at an appropriate position with respect to the first tooth terminal 163P. Similarly, by providing the first convex portion 166 on each second tooth terminal 164P, no matter which second tooth terminal 164P the fourth tooth terminal 172P having the second convex portion 175 is connected to. , the fourth tooth terminal 172P can be placed at an appropriate position with respect to the second tooth terminal 164P.
 [第2実施形態の変更例]
 なお、上記第2実施形態は、以下のように変更して実施することができる。また、以下に示す変更例は、技術的に矛盾しない範囲で組み合わせることができる。
[Example of modification of second embodiment]
Note that the second embodiment described above can be modified and implemented as follows. In addition, the modification examples shown below can be combined within a technically consistent range.
 ・各第1歯端子163P及び各第2歯端子164Pが備える基準部は、第1凸部166に限定されない。同様に、複数の第3歯端子171Pのうち第1方向D1の各端に位置する第3歯端子171P及び複数の第4歯端子172Pのうち第1方向D1の各端に位置する第4歯端子172Pが備える位置決め部は、2つの第2凸部175に限定されない。基準部及び位置決め部は、基準部に対する位置決め部の配置に基づいて、第1歯端子163Pに対して第3歯端子171Pを、もしくは、第2歯端子164Pに対して第4歯端子172Pを適正な位置に配置できる形状であればよい。 - The reference portion provided by each first tooth terminal 163P and each second tooth terminal 164P is not limited to the first convex portion 166. Similarly, a third tooth terminal 171P located at each end in the first direction D1 among the plurality of third tooth terminals 171P and a fourth tooth located at each end in the first direction D1 among the plurality of fourth tooth terminals 172P. The positioning portion included in the terminal 172P is not limited to the two second convex portions 175. The reference portion and the positioning portion properly align the third tooth terminal 171P with respect to the first tooth terminal 163P, or the fourth tooth terminal 172P with respect to the second tooth terminal 164P, based on the arrangement of the positioning portion with respect to the reference portion. Any shape is acceptable as long as it can be placed in a suitable position.
 ・例えば、第1歯端子163Pに対する第3歯端子171Pの配置に高い精度を要さない場合には、各第1歯端子163Pに第1凸部166を設ける一方で、各第2歯端子164Pに第1凸部166を設けなくてもよい。この場合、第3歯端子171Pにのみ第2凸部175を設ければよく、第4歯端子172Pに第2凸部175を設けなくてもよい。同様に、第2歯端子164Pに対する第4歯端子172Pの配置に高い精度を要さない場合には、各第2歯端子164Pに第1凸部166を設ける一方で、各第1歯端子163Pに第1凸部166を設けなくてもよい。この場合、第4歯端子172Pにのみ第2凸部175を設ければよく、第3歯端子171Pに第2凸部175を設けなくてもよい。また、各第1歯端子163P及び各第2歯端子164Pの何れにも第1凸部166を設けず、かつ、第3歯端子171P及び第4歯端子172Pの何れにも第2凸部175を設けなくてもよい。 - For example, if high precision is not required for the arrangement of the third tooth terminal 171P with respect to the first tooth terminal 163P, while providing the first convex portion 166 on each first tooth terminal 163P, each second tooth terminal 164P The first convex portion 166 may not be provided. In this case, it is sufficient to provide the second protrusion 175 only on the third tooth terminal 171P, and it is not necessary to provide the second protrusion 175 on the fourth tooth terminal 172P. Similarly, if high precision is not required for the arrangement of the fourth tooth terminal 172P with respect to the second tooth terminal 164P, each second tooth terminal 164P is provided with a first convex portion 166, while each first tooth terminal 163P is provided with a first protrusion 166. The first convex portion 166 may not be provided. In this case, it is sufficient to provide the second protrusion 175 only on the fourth tooth terminal 172P, and it is not necessary to provide the second protrusion 175 on the third tooth terminal 171P. Further, the first convex portion 166 is not provided on either the first tooth terminal 163P or the second tooth terminal 164P, and the second convex portion 175 is not provided on either the third tooth terminal 171P or the fourth tooth terminal 172P. It is not necessary to provide
 ・例えば、第2可撓性配線基板170において、第1電源端子173Pと第2電源端子174Pとが互いに相反する方向に面してもよい。この場合、第3中継端子171と第1電源端子173Pとの間、もしくは、第4中継端子172と第2電源端子174Pとの間にスルーホールが設けられる。この場合、第1電源端子173P及び第2電源端子174Pと外部電源1Aとの接続形態の自由度が高められる。 For example, in the second flexible wiring board 170, the first power terminal 173P and the second power terminal 174P may face opposite directions. In this case, a through hole is provided between the third relay terminal 171 and the first power terminal 173P or between the fourth relay terminal 172 and the second power terminal 174P. In this case, the degree of freedom in connecting the first power terminal 173P and the second power terminal 174P to the external power source 1A is increased.
 ・第1可撓性配線基板160において、第1中継端子163と第2中継端子164とが互いに相反する方向に面してもよい。例えば、第1中継端子163が第1被接着端子161と同じ方向に面し、かつ、第2中継端子164が第2被接着端子162と同じ方向であって、第1被接着端子161及び第1中継端子163と相反する方向に面してもよい。この場合、第1被接着端子161及び第1中継端子163は、第1導体層160Dによって電気的に接続される。また、第2被接着端子162及び第2中継端子164は、第2導体層160Eによって電気的に接続される。なお、スルーホール165は、設けられなくてもよい。この場合、第1中継端子163と第2中継端子164とを、第1可撓性配線基板160を形成する各層が並ぶ積層方向に並べることができる。そのため、第2方向D2において、第1可撓性配線基板160が調光シート10からはみ出す距離を小さくすることができる。なお、この場合の第2可撓性配線基板170は、第3中継端子171と第4中継端子172とが互いに相反する方向に面するように、第3中継端子171と第4中継端子172とが配置される。この場合、第1中継端子163と第3中継端子171との接続、及び、第2中継端子164と第4中継端子172との接続は、各別に行われる。なお、第2可撓性配線基板170において、第1電源端子173P及び第2電源端子174Pは、互いに相反する方向に面してもよいし、同じ方向に面してもよい。 - In the first flexible wiring board 160, the first relay terminal 163 and the second relay terminal 164 may face opposite directions. For example, the first relay terminal 163 faces the same direction as the first bonded terminal 161, the second relay terminal 164 faces the same direction as the second bonded terminal 162, and the first bonded terminal 161 and the 1 relay terminal 163 may face in the opposite direction. In this case, the first adhered terminal 161 and the first relay terminal 163 are electrically connected by the first conductor layer 160D. Further, the second adhered terminal 162 and the second relay terminal 164 are electrically connected by the second conductor layer 160E. Note that the through hole 165 may not be provided. In this case, the first relay terminals 163 and the second relay terminals 164 can be arranged in the stacking direction in which the layers forming the first flexible wiring board 160 are arranged. Therefore, the distance by which the first flexible wiring board 160 protrudes from the light control sheet 10 in the second direction D2 can be reduced. In addition, the second flexible wiring board 170 in this case has the third relay terminal 171 and the fourth relay terminal 172 arranged so that the third relay terminal 171 and the fourth relay terminal 172 face opposite directions. is placed. In this case, the connection between the first relay terminal 163 and the third relay terminal 171 and the connection between the second relay terminal 164 and the fourth relay terminal 172 are performed separately. Note that in the second flexible wiring board 170, the first power terminal 173P and the second power terminal 174P may face opposite directions or may face the same direction.
 ・例えば、複数の第1歯端子163Pのうち、第3歯端子171Pと接続されない第1歯端子163Pは、外表面側に位置する第1外側絶縁層160Aが取り除かれずに、第1外側絶縁層160Aによって覆われていてもよい。換言すると、複数の第1歯端子163Pのうち、少なくとも第3歯端子171Pと接続される第1歯端子163Pが、第1外側絶縁層160Aから露出していればよい。第3歯端子171Pと接続されない第1歯端子163Pを第1外側絶縁層160Aによって覆うことで、第3歯端子171Pと接続されない第1歯端子163Pを封止する作業を簡略化できる。なお、複数の第2歯端子164Pのうち、第4歯端子172Pと接続されない第2歯端子164Pについても同様の変更が可能である。 - For example, among the plurality of first tooth terminals 163P, the first tooth terminal 163P that is not connected to the third tooth terminal 171P has the first outer insulating layer 160A located on the outer surface side not removed. 160A. In other words, among the plurality of first tooth terminals 163P, at least the first tooth terminal 163P connected to the third tooth terminal 171P should be exposed from the first outer insulating layer 160A. By covering the first tooth terminal 163P that is not connected to the third tooth terminal 171P with the first outer insulating layer 160A, the work of sealing the first tooth terminal 163P that is not connected to the third tooth terminal 171P can be simplified. Note that similar changes can be made to the second tooth terminals 164P that are not connected to the fourth tooth terminals 172P among the plurality of second tooth terminals 164P.
 [第3実施形態の調光ユニット]
 以下、第3実施形態の調光ユニットについて図17~図21を参照して説明する。
 図17に示すように、第3実施形態の調光ユニット201は、第1実施形態と同様の調光シート10と、可撓性配線基板ユニット250とを備える。可撓性配線基板ユニット250は、調光シート10が備える縁部10Eに接続される。
[Dimmer unit of third embodiment]
The light control unit of the third embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 17 to 21.
As shown in FIG. 17, a light control unit 201 of the third embodiment includes a light control sheet 10 similar to that of the first embodiment and a flexible wiring board unit 250. The flexible wiring board unit 250 is connected to the edge 10E of the light control sheet 10.
 可撓性配線基板ユニット250は、第1方向D1に延びる第1可撓性配線基板260と、第1方向D1と交差する第2方向D2に延びる第2可撓性配線基板270とを備える。言い換えれば、可撓性配線基板ユニット250では、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とが交差するように、第1可撓性配線基板260と第2可撓性配線基板270とが電気的に接続される。第1可撓性配線基板260は、可撓性配線基板ユニット250において、給電対象の一例である調光シート10との電気的な接続を担う。第2可撓性配線基板270は、可撓性配線基板ユニット250において、外部電源1Aとの電気的な接続を担う。 The flexible wiring board unit 250 includes a first flexible wiring board 260 extending in the first direction D1 and a second flexible wiring board 270 extending in the second direction D2 intersecting the first direction D1. In other words, in the flexible wiring board unit 250, the first flexible wiring board 260 and the second flexible wiring board 270 are electrically connected so that the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 intersect. Connected. The first flexible wiring board 260 is responsible for electrical connection with the light control sheet 10, which is an example of a power supply target, in the flexible wiring board unit 250. The second flexible wiring board 270 is responsible for electrical connection with the external power supply 1A in the flexible wiring board unit 250.
 第1可撓性配線基板260及び第2可撓性配線基板270は、それぞれ1つのフレキシブルプリント基板(FPC)である。第1可撓性配線基板260は、第1被接着端子261Pと、第2被接着端子262Pとを備える。第1被接着端子261P及び第2被接着端子262Pは、第1可撓性配線基板260のなかで第1方向D1に沿って並ぶ。第1被接着端子261Pは、第1可撓性配線基板260のなかで第1方向D1における一端に位置する。第2被接着端子262Pは、第1可撓性配線基板260のなかで第1方向D1における他端に位置する。言い換えれば、第1被接着端子261Pは、第1可撓性配線基板260のなかで第1方向D1における第1の端部に位置する。第2被接着端子262Pは、第1可撓性配線基板260のなかで第1方向D1における第1の端部と反対の第2の端部に位置する。 The first flexible wiring board 260 and the second flexible wiring board 270 are each one flexible printed circuit board (FPC). The first flexible wiring board 260 includes a first bonded terminal 261P and a second bonded terminal 262P. The first bonded terminals 261P and the second bonded terminals 262P are lined up along the first direction D1 in the first flexible wiring board 260. The first adhered terminal 261P is located at one end of the first flexible wiring board 260 in the first direction D1. The second adhered terminal 262P is located at the other end of the first flexible wiring board 260 in the first direction D1. In other words, the first bonded terminal 261P is located at the first end of the first flexible wiring board 260 in the first direction D1. The second adhered terminal 262P is located at a second end of the first flexible wiring board 260 opposite to the first end in the first direction D1.
 第1被接着端子261Pは、第1電極端子22Pに対して第2空間側(図17中、紙面奥側)に位置し、かつ、第1空間側(図17中、紙面手前側)に面する。第1被接着端子261Pは、一例として、第1方向D1に沿って所定のピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ複数の歯端子を備える。第1被接着端子261Pは、第1電極端子22Pと対向した状態で、第1電極端子22Pに対して電気的に接続するように接着される。 The first bonded terminal 261P is located on the second space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 17) with respect to the first electrode terminal 22P, and has a surface facing the first space (the front side of the paper in FIG. 17). do. The first bonded terminal 261P includes, for example, a plurality of tooth terminals arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1. The first bonded terminal 261P faces the first electrode terminal 22P and is bonded so as to be electrically connected to the first electrode terminal 22P.
 第2被接着端子262Pは、第2電極端子32Pに対して第1空間側(図17中、紙面手前側)に位置し、かつ、第2空間側(図17中、紙面奥側)に面する。第2被接着端子262Pは、一例として、第1方向D1に沿って所定のピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ複数の歯端子を備える。第2被接着端子262Pは、第2電極端子32Pと対向した状態で第2電極端子32Pに対して電気的に接続するように接着される。 The second bonded terminal 262P is located on the first space side (the front side of the page in FIG. 17) with respect to the second electrode terminal 32P, and has a surface facing the second space side (the back side of the page in FIG. 17). do. The second bonded terminal 262P includes, for example, a plurality of tooth terminals arranged in a comb-teeth shape at a predetermined pitch along the first direction D1. The second bonded terminal 262P is bonded so as to be electrically connected to the second electrode terminal 32P while facing the second electrode terminal 32P.
 第1可撓性配線基板260は、複数の第1中継端子263Pと、複数の第2中継端子264Pとを備える。複数の第1中継端子263P及び複数の第2中継端子264Pは、第1中継端子263Pと第2中継端子264Pとが交互に、かつ第1方向D1に沿って1列に並ぶ。第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pは、第1空間側(図17中、紙面手前側)に面する。 The first flexible wiring board 260 includes a plurality of first relay terminals 263P and a plurality of second relay terminals 264P. In the plurality of first relay terminals 263P and the plurality of second relay terminals 264P, the first relay terminals 263P and the second relay terminals 264P are arranged alternately in a line along the first direction D1. The first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P face the first space side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 17).
 各第1中継端子263P及び各第2中継端子264Pは、第1方向D1に沿って一定のピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ複数の歯端子を備える。各第1中継端子263P及び各第2中継端子264Pは、同一のピッチで並ぶ同数の歯端子を有する。なお、第1中継端子263Pは、一例として、第2中継端子264Pと同数であるが、第2中継端子264Pよりも多くてもよいし、第2中継端子264Pよりも少なくてもよい。 Each of the first relay terminals 263P and each of the second relay terminals 264P includes a plurality of tooth terminals arranged in a comb shape at a constant pitch along the first direction D1. Each first relay terminal 263P and each second relay terminal 264P have the same number of tooth terminals lined up at the same pitch. Note that, as an example, the number of first relay terminals 263P is the same as the number of second relay terminals 264P, but the number may be greater than the number of second relay terminals 264P, or may be less than the number of second relay terminals 264P.
 各第1中継端子263Pは、第1可撓性配線基板260の内部において、第1被接着端子261Pに電気的に接続される。各第2中継端子264Pは、第1可撓性配線基板60の内部において、複数のスルーホール265を介して第2被接着端子262Pに電気的に接続される。 Each first relay terminal 263P is electrically connected to a first bonded terminal 261P inside the first flexible wiring board 260. Each second relay terminal 264P is electrically connected to the second bonded terminal 262P via a plurality of through holes 265 inside the first flexible wiring board 60.
 第2可撓性配線基板270は、第2方向D2の第1の端部が第1可撓性配線基板260に対して機械的かつ電気的に接続される。第2可撓性配線基板270は、第1可撓性配線基板260との接続部分から、第2方向D2に沿って調光シート10と反対側に延びる。可撓性配線基板ユニット250は、一例として、第1可撓性配線基板260と第2可撓性配線基板270とによって、略T字状の外形を有する。 The first end of the second flexible wiring board 270 in the second direction D2 is mechanically and electrically connected to the first flexible wiring board 260. The second flexible wiring board 270 extends from the connection portion with the first flexible wiring board 260 along the second direction D2 to the side opposite to the light control sheet 10. For example, the flexible wiring board unit 250 has a substantially T-shaped outer shape due to the first flexible wiring board 260 and the second flexible wiring board 270.
 第2可撓性配線基板270は、第3中継端子271Pと、第4中継端子272Pとを備える。第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pは、第2可撓性配線基板270のなかで第2方向D2の第1の端部に位置する。第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pは、第1方向D1に沿って並ぶ。第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pは、第2空間側(図17中、紙面奥側)に面する。 The second flexible wiring board 270 includes a third relay terminal 271P and a fourth relay terminal 272P. The third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P are located at the first end of the second flexible wiring board 270 in the second direction D2. The third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P are lined up along the first direction D1. The third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P face the second space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 17).
 第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pは、第1方向D1に沿って一定のピッチで櫛歯状に並ぶ複数の歯端子を備える。第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pは、それぞれが備える歯端子の数が等しく、かつ、歯端子が並ぶピッチも等しい。また、第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pの歯端子は、各第1中継端子263P及び各第2中継端子264Pが備える歯端子と同数であって、かつ歯端子が並ぶピッチも等しい。 The third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P include a plurality of tooth terminals arranged in a comb-like shape at a constant pitch along the first direction D1. The third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P each have the same number of tooth terminals, and the pitch at which the tooth terminals are arranged is also the same. Further, the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P have the same number of tooth terminals as the tooth terminals provided in each of the first relay terminals 263P and each second relay terminal 264P, and the pitches at which the tooth terminals are arranged are also equal.
 第3中継端子271Pは、1列に並ぶ複数の第1中継端子263P及び複数の第2中継端子264Pのうち、隣り合う第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pの一方に接続される。第4中継端子272Pは、1列に並ぶ複数の第1中継端子263P及び複数の第2中継端子264Pのうち、隣り合う第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pの他方に接続される。これにより、第1可撓性配線基板260及び第2可撓性配線基板270は、機械的かつ電気的に接続される。 The third relay terminal 271P is connected to one of the adjacent first relay terminal 263P and second relay terminal 264P among the plurality of first relay terminals 263P and the plurality of second relay terminals 264P arranged in a row. The fourth relay terminal 272P is connected to the other of the adjacent first relay terminal 263P and second relay terminal 264P among the plurality of first relay terminals 263P and the plurality of second relay terminals 264P arranged in a row. Thereby, the first flexible wiring board 260 and the second flexible wiring board 270 are mechanically and electrically connected.
 第2可撓性配線基板270は、第1電源端子273Pと、第2電源端子274Pとを備える。第1電源端子273P及び第2電源端子274Pは、第2方向D2において、第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pが位置する第1の端部と反対側の第2の端部に位置する。第1電源端子273P及び第2電源端子274Pは、それぞれ外部電源1Aに接続される。外部電源1Aは、可撓性配線基板ユニット250を介して、第1透明電極シート20と第2透明電極シート30との間に電圧を印加する。これにより、調光シート10が光透過率を変える。調光シート10は、外部電源1Aが可撓性配線基板ユニット250を介して電力を供給する給電対象の一例である。 The second flexible wiring board 270 includes a first power terminal 273P and a second power terminal 274P. The first power terminal 273P and the second power terminal 274P are located at a second end opposite to the first end where the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P are located in the second direction D2. . The first power supply terminal 273P and the second power supply terminal 274P are each connected to the external power supply 1A. The external power supply 1A applies a voltage between the first transparent electrode sheet 20 and the second transparent electrode sheet 30 via the flexible wiring board unit 250. Thereby, the light control sheet 10 changes the light transmittance. The light control sheet 10 is an example of a power supply target to which the external power supply 1A supplies power via the flexible wiring board unit 250.
 [第3実施形態の調光ユニットの断面構造]
 図18及び図19に示すように、第1可撓性配線基板260は、第1外側絶縁層260A、第2外側絶縁層260B、内側絶縁層260C、第1導体層260D、及び第2導体層260E(図19参照)を備える。内側絶縁層260Cは、第1外側絶縁層260Aと第2外側絶縁層260Bとの間に位置する。第1外側絶縁層260Aは、内側絶縁層260Cに対して調光シート10が区切る第1空間側に位置する。第2外側絶縁層260Bは、内側絶縁層260Cに対して調光シート10が区切る第2空間側に位置する。第1外側絶縁層260A、第2外側絶縁層260B、及び内側絶縁層260Cは、絶縁性を有する樹脂製のフィルムであって、一例として、ポリイミドから形成される。
[Cross-sectional structure of the light control unit of the third embodiment]
As shown in FIGS. 18 and 19, the first flexible wiring board 260 includes a first outer insulating layer 260A, a second outer insulating layer 260B, an inner insulating layer 260C, a first conductor layer 260D, and a second conductor layer. 260E (see FIG. 19). The inner insulating layer 260C is located between the first outer insulating layer 260A and the second outer insulating layer 260B. The first outer insulating layer 260A is located on the side of the first space defined by the light control sheet 10 with respect to the inner insulating layer 260C. The second outer insulating layer 260B is located on the side of the second space defined by the light control sheet 10 with respect to the inner insulating layer 260C. The first outer insulating layer 260A, the second outer insulating layer 260B, and the inner insulating layer 260C are insulating resin films, and are made of polyimide, for example.
 第1導体層260Dは、第1外側絶縁層260Aと内側絶縁層260Cとの間に位置する。第2導体層260Eは、第2外側絶縁層260Bと内側絶縁層260Cとの間に位置する。第1導体層260D及び第2導体層260Eは、導電性を有する金属製のフィルムであって、一例として、銅箔から形成される。なお、図18に示す断面中には、第2導体層260Eは配置されていない。また、図18に示す第1導体層260Dは、図19に示す第1導体層260Dに対して電気的に絶縁されている。両面構造を有する第1可撓性配線基板260は、第1外側絶縁層260Aと、第1導体層260Dと、内側絶縁層260Cと、第2導体層260Eと、第2外側絶縁層260Bとがこの順に積層されて形成される。 The first conductor layer 260D is located between the first outer insulating layer 260A and the inner insulating layer 260C. The second conductor layer 260E is located between the second outer insulating layer 260B and the inner insulating layer 260C. The first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E are conductive metal films, and are made of copper foil, for example. Note that the second conductor layer 260E is not arranged in the cross section shown in FIG. Further, the first conductor layer 260D shown in FIG. 18 is electrically insulated from the first conductor layer 260D shown in FIG. 19. The first flexible wiring board 260 having a double-sided structure includes a first outer insulating layer 260A, a first conductor layer 260D, an inner insulating layer 260C, a second conductor layer 260E, and a second outer insulating layer 260B. They are formed by being laminated in this order.
 図18に示すように、第1被接着端子261P及び第1中継端子263Pは、第1可撓性配線基板260のなかで、第1導体層260Dが第1外側絶縁層260Aから露出する部分である。第1被接着端子261Pは、第1可撓性配線基板260の内部において、第1導体層260Dを介して第1中継端子263Pと電気的に接続される。 As shown in FIG. 18, the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P are located in the portion of the first flexible wiring board 260 where the first conductor layer 260D is exposed from the first outer insulating layer 260A. be. The first adhered terminal 261P is electrically connected to the first relay terminal 263P via the first conductor layer 260D inside the first flexible wiring board 260.
 第1電極端子22Pには、第1導電性接着剤61Aを介して第1被接着端子261Pが導通可能に接着される。第1電極端子22Pには、調光層40の端面を覆うための第1封止部61Bが設けられる。 A first bonded terminal 261P is electrically bonded to the first electrode terminal 22P via a first conductive adhesive 61A. A first sealing portion 61B for covering the end face of the light control layer 40 is provided on the first electrode terminal 22P.
 図19に示すように、第2被接着端子262Pは、第1可撓性配線基板260のなかで、第2導体層260Eが第2外側絶縁層260Bから露出する部分である。第2中継端子264Pは、第1可撓性配線基板260のなかで、第1導体層260Dが第1外側絶縁層260Aから露出する部分である。第2被接着端子262Pを構成する第2導体層260E、及び、第2中継端子264Pを形成する第1導体層260Dは、スルーホール265を介して電気的に接続される。 As shown in FIG. 19, the second bonded terminal 262P is a portion of the first flexible wiring board 260 where the second conductor layer 260E is exposed from the second outer insulating layer 260B. The second relay terminal 264P is a portion of the first flexible wiring board 260 where the first conductor layer 260D is exposed from the first outer insulating layer 260A. The second conductor layer 260E forming the second adhered terminal 262P and the first conductor layer 260D forming the second relay terminal 264P are electrically connected via the through hole 265.
 第2電極端子32Pには、第2導電性接着剤62Aを介して第1可撓性配線基板260の第2被接着端子262Pが導通可能に接着される。第2電極端子32Pには、調光層40の端面を覆うための第2封止部62Bが設けられる。 A second bonded terminal 262P of the first flexible wiring board 260 is electrically bonded to the second electrode terminal 32P via a second conductive adhesive 62A. A second sealing portion 62B for covering the end face of the light control layer 40 is provided on the second electrode terminal 32P.
 [第3実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板]
 図20に示すように、第1導体層260Dは、第1部分260D1と、第2部分260D2とを備える。第1部分260D1は、第1導体層260Dのうち第1被接着端子261Pと第1中継端子263Pとを形成するとともに、第1被接着端子261Pと各第1中継端子263Pとを繋ぐ。第1部分260D1では、第2方向D2の一端に第1被接着端子261Pが位置するとともに、第2方向D2の他端に各第1中継端子263Pが位置する。第1被接着端子261Pから各第1中継端子263Pに向かって、第1導体層260Dが第2方向D2に延びる。
[First flexible wiring board of third embodiment]
As shown in FIG. 20, the first conductor layer 260D includes a first portion 260D1 and a second portion 260D2. The first portion 260D1 forms the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P in the first conductor layer 260D, and connects the first bonded terminal 261P and each first relay terminal 263P. In the first portion 260D1, the first bonded terminal 261P is located at one end in the second direction D2, and each first relay terminal 263P is located at the other end in the second direction D2. The first conductor layer 260D extends in the second direction D2 from the first adhered terminal 261P toward each first relay terminal 263P.
 第2部分260D2は、第1導体層260Dのうち第2被接着端子262Pを形成する。第2部分260D2の一端は、内側絶縁層260Cを介して第2導体層260Eと重なるとともに、複数のスルーホール265を介して第2導体層260Eと接続される。複数のスルーホール265は、第1方向D1において、第1可撓性配線基板260の第2被接着端子262P側の端部に位置する。複数のスルーホール265は、第2方向D2において、第2被接着端子262Pと各第2中継端子264Pとの間に位置する。なお、スルーホール265の数は、第2部分260D2と第2導体層260Eとを流れる電流値の大きさに応じて決定されればよく、例えば、1つでもよいし、2つ以上であってもよい。 The second portion 260D2 forms the second adhered terminal 262P of the first conductor layer 260D. One end of the second portion 260D2 overlaps with the second conductor layer 260E via the inner insulating layer 260C and is connected to the second conductor layer 260E via a plurality of through holes 265. The plurality of through holes 265 are located at the end of the first flexible wiring board 260 on the second bonded terminal 262P side in the first direction D1. The plurality of through holes 265 are located between the second bonded terminal 262P and each second relay terminal 264P in the second direction D2. Note that the number of through holes 265 may be determined according to the magnitude of the current flowing through the second portion 260D2 and the second conductor layer 260E, and for example, it may be one, or may be two or more. Good too.
 第2部分260D2と第2導体層260Eとが内側絶縁層260Cを介して重なる部分であって、複数のスルーホール265が設けられる部分は、第1導体層260Dと第2導体層260Eとが電気的に接続される層間接続部265Aの一例である。層間接続部265Aは、一例として、第2方向D2において、第2被接着端子262Pと各第2中継端子264Pとの間に位置する。層間接続部265Aは、第1方向D1において、第1可撓性配線基板260の中央よりも第2被接着端子262Pの側に偏倚して位置する。また、第1方向D1において、層間接続部265Aの幅は、第2被接着端子262Pの幅よりも狭い。 The second portion 260D2 and the second conductor layer 260E overlap with each other with the inner insulating layer 260C interposed therebetween, and in the portion where the plurality of through holes 265 are provided, the first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E are electrically This is an example of an interlayer connection portion 265A that is connected to each other. For example, the interlayer connection portion 265A is located between the second bonded terminal 262P and each second relay terminal 264P in the second direction D2. The interlayer connection portion 265A is located offset from the center of the first flexible wiring board 260 toward the second bonded terminal 262P in the first direction D1. Further, in the first direction D1, the width of the interlayer connection portion 265A is narrower than the width of the second bonded terminal 262P.
 層間接続部265Aは、スルーホール265を備える部分であるため、第1可撓性配線基板260における他の部分と比較して、相対的に柔軟性に乏しく耐屈曲性が低い部分である。第1可撓性配線基板260と対向する視点から見る平面視で、第1実施形態のように層間接続部265Aの面積を小さくすることで、第1可撓性配線基板260全体としての柔軟性及び耐屈曲性の低下を抑制できる。換言すると、第1可撓性配線基板260と対向する視点から見る平面視で、複数のスルーホール265を狭い面積のなかに一箇所に集約して配置することで、第1可撓性配線基板260全体としての柔軟性及び耐屈曲性の低下を抑制できる。特に、第1方向D1において、層間接続部265Aの幅を第2被接着端子262Pの幅よりも小さくし、かつ、層間接続部265Aを第2被接着端子262Pの側に偏倚して配置することで、第1方向D1に沿う方向の曲げに対する耐屈曲性の低下を抑制できる。 Since the interlayer connection portion 265A is a portion including the through hole 265, it is a portion that is relatively inflexible and has low bending resistance compared to other portions of the first flexible wiring board 260. In a plan view from a viewpoint facing the first flexible wiring board 260, the flexibility of the first flexible wiring board 260 as a whole can be increased by reducing the area of the interlayer connection part 265A as in the first embodiment. And it is possible to suppress a decrease in bending resistance. In other words, when viewed in plan from a viewpoint facing the first flexible wiring board 260, by arranging the plurality of through holes 265 in one place in a narrow area, the first flexible wiring board It is possible to suppress a decrease in flexibility and bending resistance of the 260 as a whole. In particular, in the first direction D1, the width of the interlayer connection portion 265A is made smaller than the width of the second bonded terminal 262P, and the interlayer connection portion 265A is biased toward the second bonded terminal 262P. Therefore, it is possible to suppress a decrease in bending resistance against bending in the direction along the first direction D1.
 第2部分260D2は、層間接続部265Aから、第1可撓性配線基板260における第2被接着端子262Pとは反対側の端部に向かって、第2方向D2に沿って延びる。第2部分260D2は、第1可撓性配線基板260において第2方向D2に沿って延びる第2被接着端子262P側の側縁と、当該側縁に最も近い第2中継端子264Pとの間を通過する。第2部分260D2は、第1可撓性配線基板260において第1方向D1に沿って延びる第2被接着端子262Pと反対の側縁と各第2中継端子264Pとの間において、第1方向D1に沿って延び、かつ第2被接着端子262P側に延びて各第2中継端子264Pを形成する。 The second portion 260D2 extends from the interlayer connection portion 265A toward the end of the first flexible wiring board 260 opposite to the second bonded terminal 262P along the second direction D2. The second portion 260D2 extends between the side edge of the first flexible wiring board 260 on the second bonded terminal 262P side extending along the second direction D2 and the second relay terminal 264P closest to the side edge. pass. The second portion 260D2 is arranged in the first direction D1 between the side edge of the first flexible wiring board 260 opposite to the second adhered terminal 262P extending along the first direction D1 and each second relay terminal 264P. and extends toward the second bonded terminal 262P to form each second relay terminal 264P.
 複数の第1中継端子263P及び複数の第2中継端子64Pは、第1中継端子263Pと第2中継端子264Pとが第1方向D1に沿って一定のピッチP2で交互に並ぶ。第1可撓性配線基板260は、第2方向D2に沿う幅W5を有する。第1中継端子263Pでは、櫛歯状の歯端子の先端が第1被接着端子261Pと反対側に向かって延びる。第2中継端子264Pでは、櫛歯状の歯端子の先端が第2被接着端子262P側に向かって延びる。 The plurality of first relay terminals 263P and the plurality of second relay terminals 64P are arranged alternately at a constant pitch P2 along the first direction D1. The first flexible wiring board 260 has a width W5 along the second direction D2. In the first relay terminal 263P, the tip of the comb-like tooth terminal extends toward the opposite side from the first bonded terminal 261P. In the second relay terminal 264P, the tip of the comb-like tooth terminal extends toward the second bonded terminal 262P.
 各第1中継端子263P及び各第2中継端子264Pは、基準部266を備える。基準部266は、一例として、各第1中継端子263P及び各第2中継端子264Pにおける第1方向D1の両端に1つずつ設けられる。基準部266は、一例として、十字状の凸部である。基準部266は、第1中継端子263Pまたは第2中継端子264Pに対して、第3中継端子271Pまたは第4中継端子272Pを接続する際に、端子同士を適切に配置するための基準となる。 Each first relay terminal 263P and each second relay terminal 264P includes a reference portion 266. As an example, one reference portion 266 is provided at both ends of each first relay terminal 263P and each second relay terminal 264P in the first direction D1. The reference portion 266 is, for example, a cross-shaped convex portion. The reference portion 266 serves as a reference for appropriately arranging the terminals when connecting the third relay terminal 271P or the fourth relay terminal 272P to the first relay terminal 263P or the second relay terminal 264P.
 [第3実施形態の第2可撓性配線基板]
 次に、図21を参照して第2可撓性配線基板270について説明する。なお、図21では、第2可撓性配線基板270を、図17に示す状態から表裏を反転させた状態を図示している。
[Second flexible wiring board of third embodiment]
Next, the second flexible wiring board 270 will be explained with reference to FIG. 21. Note that FIG. 21 shows the second flexible wiring board 270 in a state in which the front and back sides are reversed from the state shown in FIG.
 図21に示すように、第2可撓性配線基板270は、第3外側絶縁層270A、第4外側絶縁層270B、及び導体層270Cを備える。導体層270Cは、第3外側絶縁層270Aと第4外側絶縁層270Bとの間に位置する。第3外側絶縁層270Aは、導体層270Cに対して第1空間側(図21中、紙面奥側)に位置する。第4外側絶縁層270Bは、導体層270Cに対して第2空間側(図21中、紙面手前側)に位置する。第3外側絶縁層270A及び第4外側絶縁層270Bは、絶縁性を有する樹脂製のフィルムであって、一例として、ポリイミドから形成される。導体層270Cは、導電性を有する金属製のフィルムであって、一例として、銅箔から形成される。片面構造を有する第2可撓性配線基板270は、第3外側絶縁層270Aと、導体層270Cと、第4外側絶縁層270Bと、がこの順に積層されて形成される。片面構造を有する第2可撓性配線基板270は、積層方向において、両面構造を有する第1可撓性配線基板260よりも少数の層を有する。 As shown in FIG. 21, the second flexible wiring board 270 includes a third outer insulating layer 270A, a fourth outer insulating layer 270B, and a conductor layer 270C. The conductor layer 270C is located between the third outer insulating layer 270A and the fourth outer insulating layer 270B. The third outer insulating layer 270A is located on the first space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 21) with respect to the conductor layer 270C. The fourth outer insulating layer 270B is located on the second space side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 21) with respect to the conductor layer 270C. The third outer insulating layer 270A and the fourth outer insulating layer 270B are insulating resin films, and are made of polyimide, for example. The conductor layer 270C is a conductive metal film, and is made of copper foil, for example. The second flexible wiring board 270 having a single-sided structure is formed by laminating a third outer insulating layer 270A, a conductor layer 270C, and a fourth outer insulating layer 270B in this order. The second flexible wiring board 270 having a single-sided structure has fewer layers in the stacking direction than the first flexible wiring board 260 having a double-sided structure.
 第2可撓性配線基板270が備える第3中継端子271P、第4中継端子272P、第1電源端子273P、及び第2電源端子274Pは、第2可撓性配線基板270のなかで、導体層270Cが第4外側絶縁層270Bから露出する部分である。導体層270Cは、第2可撓性配線基板270の内部において、第3中継端子271Pと第1電源端子273Pとを電気的に接続するとともに、第4中継端子272Pと第2電源端子274Pとを電気的に接続する。なお、導体層270Cにおいて、第3中継端子271Pと第1電源端子273Pとを接続する部分は、第4中継端子272Pと第2電源端子274Pとを接続する部分に対して、電気的に絶縁されている。また、第1方向D1において、第3中継端子271Pの中央から第4中継端子272Pの中央までのピッチP3は、一例として、第1中継端子263Pと第2中継端子264Pとが並ぶピッチP2と同じである。 The third relay terminal 271P, the fourth relay terminal 272P, the first power supply terminal 273P, and the second power supply terminal 274P that the second flexible wiring board 270 includes are connected to a conductor layer in the second flexible wiring board 270. 270C is a portion exposed from the fourth outer insulating layer 270B. The conductor layer 270C electrically connects the third relay terminal 271P and the first power terminal 273P inside the second flexible wiring board 270, and also connects the fourth relay terminal 272P and the second power terminal 274P. Connect electrically. Note that in the conductor layer 270C, a portion connecting the third relay terminal 271P and the first power terminal 273P is electrically insulated from a portion connecting the fourth relay terminal 272P and the second power terminal 274P. ing. Further, in the first direction D1, the pitch P3 from the center of the third relay terminal 271P to the center of the fourth relay terminal 272P is, for example, the same as the pitch P2 where the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P are lined up. It is.
 第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pは、それぞれ位置決め部275を備える。位置決め部275は、一例として、第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pの各々における第1方向D1の両端に1つずつ設けられる。位置決め部275は、一例として、十字状に窪んだ凹部である。 The third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P each include a positioning portion 275. As an example, one positioning section 275 is provided at both ends of each of the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P in the first direction D1. The positioning portion 275 is, for example, a cross-shaped recess.
 第1中継端子263Pまたは第2中継端子264Pに対して、第3中継端子271Pまたは第4中継端子272Pを接続する際に、基準部266と位置決め部275とを組み合わせることで、端子同士を適切に配置することができる。例えば、第1中継端子263Pに対して第3中継端子271Pが接続される場合、基準部266の凸形状が、位置決め部275の凹形状の内側に配置されたとき、第1中継端子263Pに対して第3中継端子271Pが適切に配置される。すなわち、第1方向D1と第2方向D2とを含む面内において、基準部266に対する位置決め部275の配置に基づいて、第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pを、第1中継端子263Pまたは第2中継端子264Pに対して適切に配置できる。 When connecting the third relay terminal 271P or the fourth relay terminal 272P to the first relay terminal 263P or the second relay terminal 264P, by combining the reference part 266 and the positioning part 275, the terminals can be properly connected to each other. can be placed. For example, when the third relay terminal 271P is connected to the first relay terminal 263P, when the convex shape of the reference part 266 is arranged inside the concave shape of the positioning part 275, the third relay terminal 271P is connected to the first relay terminal 263P. The third relay terminal 271P is appropriately arranged. That is, in a plane including the first direction D1 and the second direction D2, based on the arrangement of the positioning part 275 with respect to the reference part 266, the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P are connected to the first relay terminal 263P or It can be appropriately arranged with respect to the second relay terminal 264P.
 第1可撓性配線基板260は、3層の絶縁層260A~260C及び2層の導体層260D,260Eによって、第2被接着端子262Pが、第1被接着端子261P、第1中継端子263P、及び第2中継端子264Pと相反する方向に面するように配置される。これに対して、第2可撓性配線基板270は、2つの絶縁層270A,270B及び1つの導体層270Cによって、第3中継端子271P、第4中継端子272P、第1電源端子273P、及び第2電源端子274Pが互いに同じ方向に面するように配置される。第1被接着端子261Pと第2被接着端子262Pとが相反する方向に面することを要する場合であっても、第2可撓性配線基板270の層構成を簡素化することができる。結果として、構成する層の数が少ない分だけ、第2可撓性配線基板270の耐屈曲性や柔軟性を高めることが可能ともなる。 The first flexible wiring board 260 has three insulating layers 260A to 260C and two conductive layers 260D and 260E, so that a second bonded terminal 262P, a first bonded terminal 261P, a first relay terminal 263P, and is arranged so as to face the opposite direction to the second relay terminal 264P. On the other hand, the second flexible wiring board 270 has two insulating layers 270A, 270B and one conductor layer 270C, so that the third relay terminal 271P, the fourth relay terminal 272P, the first power supply terminal 273P, and the The two power supply terminals 274P are arranged so as to face the same direction. Even if the first bonded terminal 261P and the second bonded terminal 262P are required to face opposite directions, the layer structure of the second flexible wiring board 270 can be simplified. As a result, it becomes possible to increase the bending resistance and flexibility of the second flexible wiring board 270 due to the smaller number of constituent layers.
 [第3実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板と第2可撓性配線基板との接続]
 第3中継端子271Pは、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pのうちの一方であって、複数の第1中継端子263P及び複数の第2中継端子264Pのうちの何れか1つに接続される。第4中継端子272Pは、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pのうちの他方であって、複数の第1中継端子263P及び複数の第2中継端子264Pのうち、第3中継端子271Pが接続された中継端子の隣に位置する中継端子に接続される。
[Connection between the first flexible wiring board and the second flexible wiring board of the third embodiment]
The third relay terminal 271P is one of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, and is connected to any one of the plurality of first relay terminals 263P and the plurality of second relay terminals 264P. be done. The fourth relay terminal 272P is the other of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, and the third relay terminal 271P is the other of the plurality of first relay terminals 263P and the plurality of second relay terminals 264P. It is connected to the relay terminal located next to the connected relay terminal.
 例えば、第3中継端子271Pが第1中継端子263Pに接続されたとき、第4中継端子272Pは、第3中継端子271Pが接続された第1中継端子263Pの隣に位置する第2中継端子264Pに接続される。例えば、第3中継端子271Pが第2中継端子264Pに接続されたとき、第4中継端子272Pは、第3中継端子271Pが接続された第2中継端子264Pの隣に位置する第1中継端子263Pに接続される。 For example, when the third relay terminal 271P is connected to the first relay terminal 263P, the fourth relay terminal 272P is connected to the second relay terminal 264P located next to the first relay terminal 263P to which the third relay terminal 271P is connected. connected to. For example, when the third relay terminal 271P is connected to the second relay terminal 264P, the fourth relay terminal 272P is connected to the first relay terminal 263P located next to the second relay terminal 264P to which the third relay terminal 271P is connected. connected to.
 すなわち、第3中継端子271Pが第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pのうちの一方と電気的に接続されたときに、第4中継端子272Pが第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pのうちの他方と電気的に接続される。第2可撓性配線基板270では、上記のような接続が可能とされるように、第1方向D1及び第2方向D2を含む面内において、第3中継端子271Pに対して第4中継端子272Pが配置される。 That is, when the third relay terminal 271P is electrically connected to one of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, the fourth relay terminal 272P is connected to the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P. electrically connected to the other one. In the second flexible wiring board 270, the fourth relay terminal is connected to the third relay terminal 271P in a plane including the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 so that the above connection is possible. 272P is placed.
 可撓性配線基板ユニット250は、複数の第1中継端子263Pと複数の第2中継端子264Pとによって形成される端子列に対する第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pの配置を変えることができる。これにより、可撓性配線基板ユニット250は、第1方向D1において、第1可撓性配線基板260に対する第2可撓性配線基板270の配置を、ピッチP2ごとに変えることができる。 The flexible wiring board unit 250 can change the arrangement of the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P with respect to the terminal row formed by the plurality of first relay terminals 263P and the plurality of second relay terminals 264P. . Thereby, the flexible wiring board unit 250 can change the arrangement of the second flexible wiring board 270 with respect to the first flexible wiring board 260 at every pitch P2 in the first direction D1.
 第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pと、第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pとの接続は、例えば、異方性導電フィルム、異方性導電ペースト、等方性導電フィルム、及び等方性導電ペーストからなる群から選択される少なくとも一種からなる接着剤が用いられる。 The connection between the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P and the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P can be made using, for example, an anisotropic conductive film, an anisotropic conductive paste, an isotropic conductive film, or An adhesive consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of isotropic conductive pastes is used.
 第1可撓性配線基板260及び第2可撓性配線基板270は、複数の第1中継端子263P及び複数の第2中継端子264Pの何れかと、第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pとの接続によって一体に構成される。第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pが互いに同じ方向に面し、かつ、第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pが互いに同じ方向に面する。そのため、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pのうちの一方と第3中継端子271Pとの接続、並びに、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pのうちの他方と第4中継端子272Pとの接続を一度に行うことができる。 The first flexible wiring board 260 and the second flexible wiring board 270 are connected to any one of the plurality of first relay terminals 263P and the plurality of second relay terminals 264P, and the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P. It is constructed integrally by connecting. The first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P face the same direction, and the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P face the same direction. Therefore, one of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P and the third relay terminal 271P are connected, and the other of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P and the fourth relay terminal 272P are connected. connection can be made at once.
 なお、第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pの何れとも接続されない第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pは、例えば、絶縁性を有した樹脂ペーストを塗工及び硬化させることによって封止される。 Note that the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, which are not connected to either the third relay terminal 271P or the fourth relay terminal 272P, are sealed by, for example, applying and curing an insulating resin paste. be done.
 次に、可撓性配線基板ユニット250の回路構成について説明する。まず、第3中継端子271Pが第1中継端子263Pに接続され、かつ、第4中継端子272Pが第2中継端子264Pに接続された場合について説明する。この場合、第1被接着端子261Pは、第1中継端子263P、第3中継端子271P、及び第1電源端子273Pを介して外部電源1Aに電気的に接続される。第2被接着端子262Pは、第2中継端子264P、第4中継端子272P、及び第2電源端子274Pを介して外部電源1Aに電気的に接続される。 Next, the circuit configuration of the flexible wiring board unit 250 will be explained. First, a case will be described in which the third relay terminal 271P is connected to the first relay terminal 263P, and the fourth relay terminal 272P is connected to the second relay terminal 264P. In this case, the first adhered terminal 261P is electrically connected to the external power supply 1A via the first relay terminal 263P, the third relay terminal 271P, and the first power supply terminal 273P. The second bonded terminal 262P is electrically connected to the external power source 1A via a second relay terminal 264P, a fourth relay terminal 272P, and a second power supply terminal 274P.
 次に、第3中継端子271Pが第2中継端子264Pに接続され、かつ、第4中継端子272Pが第1中継端子263Pに接続された場合について説明する。この場合、第1被接着端子261Pは、第1中継端子263P、第4中継端子272P、及び第2電源端子274Pを介して外部電源1Aに電気的に接続される。第2被接着端子262Pは、第2中継端子264P、第3中継端子271P、及び第1電源端子273Pを介して外部電源1Aに電気的に接続される。 Next, a case will be described in which the third relay terminal 271P is connected to the second relay terminal 264P, and the fourth relay terminal 272P is connected to the first relay terminal 263P. In this case, the first adhered terminal 261P is electrically connected to the external power supply 1A via the first relay terminal 263P, the fourth relay terminal 272P, and the second power supply terminal 274P. The second adhered terminal 262P is electrically connected to the external power supply 1A via the second relay terminal 264P, the third relay terminal 271P, and the first power supply terminal 273P.
 [第3実施形態の利点]
 上記第3実施形態によれば、上記(1-1)の利点に加えて以下に列挙する利点を得ることができる。
[Advantages of third embodiment]
According to the third embodiment, in addition to the advantage (1-1) above, the following advantages can be obtained.
 (3-1)可撓性配線基板ユニット250では、第1方向D1において、第1可撓性配線基板260に対する第2可撓性配線基板270の配置をピッチP2ごとに変えることができる。例えば、図30に示す可撓性配線基板330において、第1部分331から第2部分332を引き出す位置は、調光シート300から外部電源340までの配線経路に応じて決まる。第1部分331から第2部分332を引き出す位置が異なる場合には、第1部分331及び第2部分332の各々が同じ形状でも、可撓性配線基板330の全体を別形状の新たな可撓性配線基板として作製する必要がある。この点、第3実施形態の可撓性配線基板ユニット250であれば、第1可撓性配線基板260に対する第2可撓性配線基板270の配置を変えることで、複数種類の配線経路を実現できる。 (3-1) In the flexible wiring board unit 250, the arrangement of the second flexible wiring board 270 with respect to the first flexible wiring board 260 can be changed every pitch P2 in the first direction D1. For example, in the flexible wiring board 330 shown in FIG. 30, the position where the second portion 332 is pulled out from the first portion 331 is determined depending on the wiring route from the light control sheet 300 to the external power source 340. If the positions at which the second portion 332 is pulled out from the first portion 331 are different, even if the first portion 331 and the second portion 332 have the same shape, the entire flexible wiring board 330 may be replaced with a new flexible wiring board having a different shape. It is necessary to manufacture it as a flexible wiring board. In this regard, with the flexible wiring board unit 250 of the third embodiment, multiple types of wiring routes can be realized by changing the arrangement of the second flexible wiring board 270 with respect to the first flexible wiring board 260. can.
 (3-2)第1可撓性配線基板260のなかで第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pが互いに同じ方向に面し、かつ、第2可撓性配線基板270のなかで第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pが互いに同じ方向に面する。これにより、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pのうちの一方と第3中継端子271Pとの接続、並びに、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pのうちの他方と第4中継端子272Pとの接続を一度に行うことができる。したがって、第1可撓性配線基板260と第2可撓性配線基板270とを効率よく接続できる。 (3-2) In the first flexible wiring board 260, the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P face the same direction, and in the second flexible wiring board 270, the third The relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P face the same direction. Thereby, the connection between one of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P and the third relay terminal 271P, and the connection between the other of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P and the fourth relay terminal 272P can be connected at once. Therefore, the first flexible wiring board 260 and the second flexible wiring board 270 can be efficiently connected.
 (3-3)第1可撓性配線基板260において、第2被接着端子262Pが、第1被接着端子261P、第1中継端子263P、及び第2中継端子264Pと相反する方向に面する。また、第2可撓性配線基板270において、第3中継端子271P、第4中継端子272P、第1電源端子273P、及び第2電源端子274Pが互いに同じ方向に面する。これにより、第1被接着端子261Pと第2被接着端子262Pとが相反する方向に面することを要する場合でも、第2可撓性配線基板270の層構成を簡素化することができる。結果として、第2可撓性配線基板270の耐屈曲性や柔軟性を高めることが可能ともなる。 (3-3) In the first flexible wiring board 260, the second bonded terminal 262P faces the opposite direction to the first bonded terminal 261P, the first relay terminal 263P, and the second relay terminal 264P. Further, in the second flexible wiring board 270, the third relay terminal 271P, the fourth relay terminal 272P, the first power terminal 273P, and the second power terminal 274P face the same direction. Thereby, even if the first bonded terminal 261P and the second bonded terminal 262P are required to face opposite directions, the layer structure of the second flexible wiring board 270 can be simplified. As a result, it is also possible to improve the bending resistance and flexibility of the second flexible wiring board 270.
 (3-4)第1方向D1において、層間接続部265Aの幅を第2被接着端子262Pの幅よりも小さくし、かつ、層間接続部265Aを第1可撓性配線基板260の中央よりも第2被接着端子262Pの側に偏倚させている。これにより、第1可撓性配線基板260における第1方向D1に沿う方向の曲げに対する耐屈曲性の低下を抑制できる。 (3-4) In the first direction D1, the width of the interlayer connection portion 265A is made smaller than the width of the second bonded terminal 262P, and the interlayer connection portion 265A is made smaller than the center of the first flexible wiring board 260. It is biased toward the second bonded terminal 262P. Thereby, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the bending resistance of the first flexible wiring board 260 against bending in the direction along the first direction D1.
 (3-5)各第1中継端子263P及び各第2中継端子264Pに基準部266が設けられている。これにより、第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pの各々が、何れの第1中継端子263Pまたは第2中継端子264Pに接続される場合であっても、基準部266に対する位置決め部275の配置に基づいて、接続される2つの中継端子を適切に配置できる。 (3-5) A reference portion 266 is provided at each first relay terminal 263P and each second relay terminal 264P. As a result, regardless of which first relay terminal 263P or second relay terminal 264P each of the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P is connected to, the positioning portion 275 is arranged with respect to the reference portion 266. Based on this, two relay terminals to be connected can be appropriately arranged.
 [第4実施形態]
 次に、第4実施形態の調光ユニットについて図22を参照して説明する。なお、第4実施形態の調光ユニットは、第1可撓性配線基板260に代えて、第1可撓性配線基板280を備える点を除き、第3実施形態の調光ユニット201と同様の構成を有する。
[Fourth embodiment]
Next, a light control unit of a fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 22. Note that the light control unit of the fourth embodiment is similar to the light control unit 201 of the third embodiment, except that it includes a first flexible wiring board 280 instead of the first flexible wiring board 260. It has a configuration.
 図22に示すように、第1可撓性配線基板280は、第1可撓性配線基板260と同様に、第1被接着端子261P、第2被接着端子262P、複数の第1中継端子263P、及び複数の第2中継端子264Pを備える。第1被接着端子261P、第1中継端子263P、及び第2中継端子264Pは、第1導体層260Dによって形成される。第2被接着端子262Pは、第2導体層260Eによって形成される。 As shown in FIG. 22, like the first flexible wiring board 260, the first flexible wiring board 280 includes a first bonded terminal 261P, a second bonded terminal 262P, and a plurality of first relay terminals 263P. , and a plurality of second relay terminals 264P. The first adhered terminal 261P, the first relay terminal 263P, and the second relay terminal 264P are formed of the first conductor layer 260D. The second adhered terminal 262P is formed by the second conductor layer 260E.
 第1被接着端子261Pと第1中継端子263Pとを繋ぐ第1部分260D1には、複数のスルーホール265を介して、第2導体層260Eが接続される。すなわち、第1被接着端子261Pと第1中継端子263Pとの間には、第1導体層260Dと第2導体層260Eとが複数のスルーホール265を介して電気的に接続された層間接続部265Aが設けられる。なお、図22では、層間接続部265Aにドットを付して示す。 A second conductor layer 260E is connected to the first portion 260D1 that connects the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P via a plurality of through holes 265. That is, between the first adhered terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P, there is an interlayer connection part in which the first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E are electrically connected via the plurality of through holes 265. 265A is provided. In addition, in FIG. 22, the interlayer connection portion 265A is shown with a dot.
 第1被接着端子261Pと第1中継端子263Pとの間に位置する層間接続部265Aは、第1方向D1において、複数の第1中継端子263Pが形成する端子列の一端の位置から他端の位置まで延在している。第1被接着端子261Pと第1中継端子263Pとの間に位置する層間接続部265Aは、例えば、少なくとも各第1中継端子263Pと隣接する位置に1つ以上のスルーホール265が設けられる。 The interlayer connection portion 265A located between the first adhered terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P moves from the position of one end of the terminal row formed by the plurality of first relay terminals 263P to the other end in the first direction D1. It extends to the location. The interlayer connection portion 265A located between the first adhered terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P is provided with one or more through holes 265, for example, at least at a position adjacent to each first relay terminal 263P.
 第1被接着端子261Pと第1中継端子263Pとを繋ぐ第1部分260D1において、層間接続部265Aとして形成された部分の第2方向D2に沿う幅は、当該部分が第1導体層260Dのみで形成される場合の幅よりも小さい。 In the first portion 260D1 that connects the first adhered terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P, the width along the second direction D2 of the portion formed as the interlayer connection portion 265A is such that the portion is only the first conductor layer 260D. smaller than the width when formed.
 第2被接着端子262Pを形成する第2導体層260E、及び第2中継端子264Pを形成する第2部分260D2は、第2被接着端子262P及び第2中継端子264P以外の部分が複数のスルーホール265を介して電気的に接続される。すなわち、第2被接着端子62Pと第2中継端子264Pとの間には、第1導体層260Dと第2導体層260Eとが複数のスルーホール265を介して電気的に接続された層間接続部265Aが設けられる。第2被接着端子262Pと第2中継端子264Pとを繋ぐ層間接続部265Aには、例えば、少なくとも各第1中継端子263Pと隣接する位置に1つ以上のスルーホール265が設けられる。 The second conductor layer 260E forming the second bonded terminal 262P and the second portion 260D2 forming the second relay terminal 264P have a plurality of through holes in a portion other than the second bonded terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P. It is electrically connected via 265. That is, between the second adhered terminal 62P and the second relay terminal 264P, there is an interlayer connection part in which the first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E are electrically connected via the plurality of through holes 265. 265A is provided. The interlayer connection portion 265A that connects the second adhered terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P is provided with one or more through holes 265, for example, at least at a position adjacent to each first relay terminal 263P.
 第2被接着端子262Pと第2中継端子264Pとを繋ぐ層間接続部265Aにおいて、第2中継端子264Pに対して第2被接着端子262Pと反対側に位置する部分の第2方向D2に沿う幅は、当該部分が第1導体層260Dのみで形成される場合の幅よりも小さい。 Width along the second direction D2 of a portion of the interlayer connection portion 265A that connects the second bonded terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P, which is located on the opposite side of the second bonded terminal 262P with respect to the second relay terminal 264P. is smaller than the width when the portion is formed only of the first conductor layer 260D.
 第1可撓性配線基板280は、第1被接着端子261Pと第1中継端子263Pとの間、及び第2被接着端子262Pと第2中継端子264Pとの間を層間接続部265Aによって繋いでいる。層間接続部265Aでは、電流が第1導体層260Dと第2導体層260Eとに分岐して流れる。そのため、層間接続部265Aにおける第2方向D2に沿う幅を小さくしても、通電に伴う発熱が生じにくい。 The first flexible wiring board 280 connects the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P and the second bonded terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P by an interlayer connection portion 265A. There is. In the interlayer connection portion 265A, the current branches and flows into the first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E. Therefore, even if the width of the interlayer connection portion 265A in the second direction D2 is reduced, heat generation due to energization is less likely to occur.
 換言すると、第1被接着端子261Pと第1中継端子263Pとの間を層間接続部265Aによって繋ぐことで、通電に伴う発熱量の増加を抑制しつつ、第1可撓性配線基板280における第2方向D2に沿う幅W6を第1可撓性配線基板260の幅W5よりも小さくできる。同様に、第2被接着端子262Pと第2中継端子264Pとの間を層間接続部265Aによって繋ぐことで、通電に伴う発熱を抑制しつつ、第1可撓性配線基板280の幅W6を第1可撓性配線基板60の幅W5よりも小さくすることができる。 In other words, by connecting the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P with the interlayer connection portion 265A, the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P are connected to each other by the interlayer connection portion 265A, thereby suppressing an increase in the amount of heat generated due to energization. The width W6 along the two directions D2 can be made smaller than the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260. Similarly, by connecting the second bonded terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P with the interlayer connection portion 265A, the width W6 of the first flexible wiring board 280 can be reduced to a 1. The width W5 of the flexible wiring board 60 can be made smaller than the width W5 of the flexible wiring board 60.
 なお、第2被接着端子262Pと第2中継端子264Pとの間の層間接続部265Aは、少なくとも、第2中継端子264Pに対して第2被接着端子262Pと反対側(図22において第2被接着端子262Pに対して紙面右側)の位置に設けられればよい。そして、当該層間接続部265Aは、複数の第2中継端子264Pが構成する端子列の一端の位置から他端の位置まで第1方向D1に沿って延在していればよい。 Note that the interlayer connection portion 265A between the second bonded terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P is located at least on the side opposite to the second bonded terminal 262P with respect to the second relay terminal 264P (the second bonded terminal 265A in FIG. 22). It may be provided at a position on the right side of the paper with respect to the adhesive terminal 262P. The interlayer connection portion 265A may extend along the first direction D1 from the position of one end of the terminal row constituted by the plurality of second relay terminals 264P to the position of the other end.
 [第4実施形態の利点]
 上記第4実施形態によれば、以下の利点を得ることができる。
 (4-1)第1被接着端子261Pと第1中継端子263Pとの間を層間接続部265Aによって繋ぐことで、通電に伴う発熱量の増加を抑制しつつ、第1可撓性配線基板280の幅W6を第1可撓性配線基板260の幅W5よりも小さくできる。同様に、第2被接着端子262Pと第2中継端子264Pとの間を層間接続部265Aによって繋ぐことで、通電に伴う発熱を抑制しつつ、第1可撓性配線基板280の幅W6を第1可撓性配線基板260の幅W5よりも小さくすることができる。これにより、可撓性配線基板ユニット250が調光シート10に接続された状態で、第1可撓性配線基板280が調光シート10からはみ出す長さを短くすることができる。また、第1可撓性配線基板280を備えた可撓性配線基板ユニット250であっても、上記(1-1)、(3-1)~(3-3)、(3-5)に準じた利点を得ることができる。
[Advantages of the fourth embodiment]
According to the fourth embodiment, the following advantages can be obtained.
(4-1) By connecting the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P with the interlayer connection portion 265A, the first flexible wiring board 280 can suppress an increase in heat generation due to energization. The width W6 of the first flexible wiring board 260 can be made smaller than the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260. Similarly, by connecting the second bonded terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P with the interlayer connection portion 265A, the width W6 of the first flexible wiring board 280 can be reduced to a 1 flexible wiring board 260. Thereby, in a state where the flexible wiring board unit 250 is connected to the light control sheet 10, the length by which the first flexible wiring board 280 protrudes from the light control sheet 10 can be shortened. Furthermore, even if the flexible wiring board unit 250 includes the first flexible wiring board 280, the above (1-1), (3-1) to (3-3), and (3-5) are not met. You can get similar benefits.
 [第5実施形態]
 次に、第5実施形態の調光ユニットについて図23及び図24を参照して説明する。なお、第5実施形態の調光ユニットは、第1可撓性配線基板260に代えて、第1可撓性配線基板281を備える点を除き、第3実施形態の調光ユニット201と同様の構成を有する。
[Fifth embodiment]
Next, a light control unit according to a fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 23 and 24. Note that the light control unit of the fifth embodiment is similar to the light control unit 201 of the third embodiment, except that it includes a first flexible wiring board 281 instead of the first flexible wiring board 260. It has a configuration.
 図23に示すように、第1可撓性配線基板281は、第1可撓性配線基板260と同様に、第1被接着端子261P、第2被接着端子262P、複数の第1中継端子263P、及び複数の第2中継端子264Pを備える。なお、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pは、第1可撓性配線基板281のなかで、第2方向D2における第1被接着端子261P及び第2被接着端子262Pが位置する第1の端部と反対側の第2の端部に位置する。また、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pでは、櫛歯状の歯端子の先端が第1被接着端子261P及び第2被接着端子262Pと反対側に向かって延びる。 As shown in FIG. 23, like the first flexible wiring board 260, the first flexible wiring board 281 includes a first bonded terminal 261P, a second bonded terminal 262P, and a plurality of first relay terminals 263P. , and a plurality of second relay terminals 264P. Note that the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P are located in the first flexible wiring board 281 where the first bonded terminal 261P and the second bonded terminal 262P are located in the second direction D2. located at a second end opposite to the end of the second end. Further, in the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, the tips of the comb-like tooth terminals extend toward the opposite side from the first bonded terminal 261P and the second bonded terminal 262P.
 第1被接着端子261P、第1中継端子263P、及び第2中継端子264Pは、第1導体層260Dによって形成される。第2被接着端子262Pは、第2導体層260Eによって形成される。なお、図23では、第1導体層260Dのうち第1外側絶縁層260Aと重なる部分の外形に破線を付して示す。 The first bonded terminal 261P, the first relay terminal 263P, and the second relay terminal 264P are formed by the first conductor layer 260D. The second adhered terminal 262P is formed by the second conductor layer 260E. In addition, in FIG. 23, the outline of the portion of the first conductor layer 260D that overlaps with the first outer insulating layer 260A is shown with a broken line.
 第1被接着端子261Pと第1中継端子263Pとを繋ぐ第1部分260D1では、第2方向D2の一端に第1被接着端子261Pが位置するとともに、第2方向D2の他端に各第1中継端子263Pが位置する。第1導体層260Dは、第1被接着端子261Pから各第1中継端子263Pに向かって、第2方向D2に延びる。 In the first portion 260D1 that connects the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P, the first bonded terminal 261P is located at one end in the second direction D2, and each first bonded terminal is located at the other end in the second direction D2. A relay terminal 263P is located there. The first conductor layer 260D extends in the second direction D2 from the first adhered terminal 261P toward each first relay terminal 263P.
 第2中継端子264Pを形成する第2部分260D2は、非連続に配置される。換言すると、第2部分260D2は、複数の第2中継端子264Pの数と同じ数だけ設けられる。各第2部分260D2は、第2中継端子264Pから第2方向D2に沿って第2被接着端子262P側に向かって延びる。 The second portion 260D2 forming the second relay terminal 264P is arranged discontinuously. In other words, the second portions 260D2 are provided in the same number as the plurality of second relay terminals 264P. Each second portion 260D2 extends from the second relay terminal 264P toward the second bonded terminal 262P along the second direction D2.
 図24に示すように、第2被接着端子262Pを形成する第2導体層260Eは、第2方向D2の一端に第2被接着端子262Pが位置するとともに、第2方向D2の他端が第2中継端子264Pを形成する各第2部分260D2と重なる。なお、図24では、第2導体層260Eの外形に破線を付して示す。 As shown in FIG. 24, in the second conductor layer 260E forming the second adhered terminal 262P, the second adhered terminal 262P is located at one end in the second direction D2, and the other end in the second direction D2 is located at the second conductor layer 260E. It overlaps with each second portion 260D2 forming two relay terminals 264P. In addition, in FIG. 24, the outline of the second conductor layer 260E is shown with a broken line.
 第2導体層260Eと各第2部分260D2とが重なる部分は、複数のスルーホール265を介して、第2導体層260Eと各第2部分260D2と電気的に接続されて層間接続部265Aを形成する。すなわち、第1可撓性配線基板281では、第2中継端子264Pごとに層間接続部265Aが設けられる。第1可撓性配線基板281では、層間接続部265Aが第2中継端子264Pに対して第2被接着端子262P側に位置するように、第2中継端子264Pと層間接続部265Aとが第2方向D2に沿って並設される。 A portion where the second conductor layer 260E and each second portion 260D2 overlap is electrically connected to the second conductor layer 260E and each second portion 260D2 via a plurality of through holes 265 to form an interlayer connection portion 265A. do. That is, in the first flexible wiring board 281, an interlayer connection portion 265A is provided for each second relay terminal 264P. In the first flexible wiring board 281, the second relay terminal 264P and the interlayer connection portion 265A are connected to the second bonded terminal 265A such that the interlayer connection portion 265A is located on the second bonded terminal 262P side with respect to the second relay terminal 264P. They are arranged in parallel along the direction D2.
 第2導体層260Eのうち第2被接着端子262Pと各層間接続部265Aとを繋ぐ部分は、内側絶縁層260Cを介して、第1部分260D1のうち第1被接着端子261Pと各第1中継端子263Pとを繋ぐ部分と重なる。第2被接着端子262Pと各第2中継端子264Pとを繋ぐ第2導体層260E及び第2部分260D2は、第2方向D2において、第2被接着端子262Pと各第2中継端子264Pとの間に位置する。 A portion of the second conductor layer 260E that connects the second bonded terminal 262P and each interlayer connection portion 265A connects the first bonded terminal 261P of the first portion 260D1 with each first relay via the inner insulating layer 260C. It overlaps with the part connecting with the terminal 263P. The second conductor layer 260E and second portion 260D2 that connect the second bonded terminal 262P and each second relay terminal 264P are arranged between the second bonded terminal 262P and each second relay terminal 264P in the second direction D2. Located in
 以上のような第1導体層260D及び第2導体層260Eの配置によれば、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pを、第1可撓性配線基板281のなかで第2方向D2の一端(縁)に配置することができる。この場合、第3実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板260と比較して、第2被接着端子262Pと各第2中継端子264Pとを繋ぐ配線経路を短くすることができる。結果として、第1可撓性配線基板281における第2方向D2に沿う幅W7を第1可撓性配線基板260の幅W5よりも小さくできる。 According to the arrangement of the first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E as described above, the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P are arranged in the second direction D2 in the first flexible wiring board 281. It can be placed at one end (edge). In this case, compared to the first flexible wiring board 260 of the third embodiment, the wiring path connecting the second bonded terminal 262P and each second relay terminal 264P can be shortened. As a result, the width W7 of the first flexible wiring board 281 along the second direction D2 can be made smaller than the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260.
 [第5実施形態の利点]
 上記第5実施形態によれば、以下の利点を得ることができる。
 (5-1)第2中継端子264Pごとに層間接続部265Aを設けることで、第1可撓性配線基板281における第2方向D2に沿う幅W7を第1可撓性配線基板260の幅W5よりも小さくできる。結果として、可撓性配線基板ユニット250が調光シート10に接続された状態で、第1可撓性配線基板281が調光シート10からはみ出す長さを短くすることができる。また、第1可撓性配線基板281を備えた可撓性配線基板ユニット250であっても、上記(1-1)、(3-1)~(3-3)、(3-5)に準じた利点を得ることができる。
[Advantages of the fifth embodiment]
According to the fifth embodiment, the following advantages can be obtained.
(5-1) By providing the interlayer connection portion 265A for each second relay terminal 264P, the width W7 of the first flexible wiring board 281 along the second direction D2 is changed to the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260. It can be made smaller than. As a result, when the flexible wiring board unit 250 is connected to the light control sheet 10, the length by which the first flexible wiring board 281 protrudes from the light control sheet 10 can be reduced. Further, even if the flexible wiring board unit 250 includes the first flexible wiring board 281, the above (1-1), (3-1) to (3-3), and (3-5) are not met. You can get similar benefits.
 [第6実施形態]
 次に、第6実施形態の調光ユニットについて図25及び図26を参照して説明する。なお、第6実施形態の調光ユニットは、第1可撓性配線基板260に代えて、第1可撓性配線基板282を備える点を除き、第3実施形態の調光ユニット201と同様の構成を有する。
[Sixth embodiment]
Next, a light control unit of a sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 25 and 26. Note that the light control unit of the sixth embodiment is similar to the light control unit 201 of the third embodiment, except that it includes a first flexible wiring board 282 instead of the first flexible wiring board 260. It has a configuration.
 図25に示すように、第1可撓性配線基板282は、第1可撓性配線基板260と同様に、第1被接着端子261P、第2被接着端子262P、複数の第1中継端子263P、及び複数の第2中継端子264Pを備える。 As shown in FIG. 25, the first flexible wiring board 282, like the first flexible wiring board 260, includes a first bonded terminal 261P, a second bonded terminal 262P, and a plurality of first relay terminals 263P. , and a plurality of second relay terminals 264P.
 なお、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pは、第1可撓性配線基板282のなかで、第2方向D2における第1被接着端子261P及び第2被接着端子262Pが位置する第1の端部と反対側の第2の端部に位置する。また、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pでは、櫛歯状の歯端子の先端が第1被接着端子261P及び第2被接着端子262Pと反対側に向かって延びる。また、第6実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板282において、第1中継端子263Pと第2中継端子264Pとが交互に並ぶピッチP2は、第3実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板260におけるピッチP2よりも大きい。そのため、第2可撓性配線基板270における第3中継端子271Pの中央から第4中継端子272Pの中央までのピッチP3は、第3実施形態の場合よりも第6実施形態の場合の方が大きくなる。 Note that the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P are located in the first flexible wiring board 282 where the first bonded terminal 261P and the second bonded terminal 262P are located in the second direction D2. located at a second end opposite to the end of the second end. Further, in the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, the tips of the comb-like tooth terminals extend toward the opposite side from the first bonded terminal 261P and the second bonded terminal 262P. Further, in the first flexible wiring board 282 of the sixth embodiment, the pitch P2 in which the first relay terminals 263P and the second relay terminals 264P are arranged alternately is the same as that of the first flexible wiring board 262 of the third embodiment. pitch P2. Therefore, the pitch P3 from the center of the third relay terminal 271P to the center of the fourth relay terminal 272P on the second flexible wiring board 270 is larger in the sixth embodiment than in the third embodiment. Become.
 第1被接着端子261P、第1中継端子263P、及び第2中継端子264Pは、第1導体層260Dによって形成される。第2被接着端子262Pは、第2導体層260Eによって形成される。なお、図25では、第1導体層260Dのうち第1外側絶縁層260Aと重なる部分の外形に破線を付して示す。 The first bonded terminal 261P, the first relay terminal 263P, and the second relay terminal 264P are formed by the first conductor layer 260D. The second adhered terminal 262P is formed by the second conductor layer 260E. Note that in FIG. 25, the outline of a portion of the first conductor layer 260D that overlaps with the first outer insulating layer 260A is shown with a broken line.
 第1被接着端子261Pと第1中継端子263Pとを繋ぐ第1部分260D1では、第2方向D2の一端に第1被接着端子261Pが位置するとともに、第2方向D2の他端に各第1中継端子263Pが位置する。第1導体層260Dは、第1被接着端子261Pから各第1中継端子263Pに向かって第2方向D2に延びる。 In the first portion 260D1 that connects the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P, the first bonded terminal 261P is located at one end in the second direction D2, and each first bonded terminal is located at the other end in the second direction D2. A relay terminal 263P is located there. The first conductor layer 260D extends in the second direction D2 from the first adhered terminal 261P toward each first relay terminal 263P.
 第2中継端子264Pを形成する第2部分260D2は、非連続に配置される。換言すると、第2部分260D2は、複数の第2中継端子264Pの数と同じ数だけ設けられる。各第2部分260D2は、第2中継端子264Pから当該第2中継端子264Pの両隣に位置する第1中継端子263Pに向かって第1方向D1に沿って延びる。 The second portion 260D2 forming the second relay terminal 264P is arranged discontinuously. In other words, the second portions 260D2 are provided in the same number as the plurality of second relay terminals 264P. Each second portion 260D2 extends along the first direction D1 from the second relay terminal 264P toward the first relay terminals 263P located on both sides of the second relay terminal 264P.
 図26に示すように、第2被接着端子262Pを形成する第2導体層260Eは、第2方向D2の一端に第2被接着端子262Pが位置するとともに、第2方向D2の他端が第2中継端子264Pを形成する各第2部分260D2と重なる。なお、図26では、第2導体層260Eの外形に破線を付して示す。 As shown in FIG. 26, in the second conductor layer 260E forming the second adhered terminal 262P, the second adhered terminal 262P is located at one end in the second direction D2, and the other end in the second direction D2 is located at the second conductor layer 260E. It overlaps with each second portion 260D2 forming two relay terminals 264P. In addition, in FIG. 26, the outline of the second conductor layer 260E is shown with a broken line.
 第2導体層260Eと各第2部分260D2とが重なる部分は、複数のスルーホール265を介して、第2導体層260Eと各第2部分260D2と電気的に接続されて層間接続部265Aを形成する。すなわち、第1可撓性配線基板282では、第2中継端子264Pごとに層間接続部265Aが設けられる。各層間接続部265Aは、第1方向D1において、各第2中継端子264Pの両端に隣接するように設けられる。層間接続部265Aは、一例として、2つの第1中継端子263Pの間において、第2中継端子264Pを挟むように位置する。なお、層間接続部265Aは、第1方向D1において、各第2中継端子264Pの少なくとも一端に隣接するように設けられていればよい。 A portion where the second conductor layer 260E and each second portion 260D2 overlap is electrically connected to the second conductor layer 260E and each second portion 260D2 via a plurality of through holes 265 to form an interlayer connection portion 265A. do. That is, in the first flexible wiring board 282, an interlayer connection portion 265A is provided for each second relay terminal 264P. Each interlayer connection portion 265A is provided adjacent to both ends of each second relay terminal 264P in the first direction D1. For example, the interlayer connection portion 265A is located between two first relay terminals 263P so as to sandwich the second relay terminal 264P. Note that the interlayer connection portion 265A may be provided adjacent to at least one end of each second relay terminal 264P in the first direction D1.
 第2導体層260Eのうち第2被接着端子262Pと各層間接続部265Aとを繋ぐ部分は、内側絶縁層260Cを介して、第1部分260D1のうち第1被接着端子261Pと各第1中継端子263Pとを繋ぐ部分と重なる。 A portion of the second conductor layer 260E that connects the second bonded terminal 262P and each interlayer connection portion 265A connects the first bonded terminal 261P of the first portion 260D1 with each first relay via the inner insulating layer 260C. It overlaps with the part connecting with the terminal 263P.
 以上のような第1導体層260D及び第2導体層260Eの配置によれば、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pを、第1可撓性配線基板282のなかで第2方向D2の一端に配置することができる。この場合、第3実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板260と比較して、第2被接着端子262Pと各第2中継端子264Pとを繋ぐ配線経路を短くすることができる。結果として、第1可撓性配線基板282における第2方向D2に沿う幅W8を第1可撓性配線基板260の幅W5よりも小さくできる。 According to the arrangement of the first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E as described above, the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P are arranged in the second direction D2 in the first flexible wiring board 282. Can be placed at one end. In this case, compared to the first flexible wiring board 260 of the third embodiment, the wiring path connecting the second bonded terminal 262P and each second relay terminal 264P can be shortened. As a result, the width W8 of the first flexible wiring board 282 along the second direction D2 can be made smaller than the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260.
 また、第6実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板282では、第2中継端子264Pと層間接続部265Aとが第1方向D1に沿って並設される。そのため、第5実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板281と比較して、第2方向D2において、第2被接着端子262Pと第2中継端子264Pとの間に層間接続部265Aが介在しない分だけ、幅W8を幅W7よりも小さくできる。 Furthermore, in the first flexible wiring board 282 of the sixth embodiment, the second relay terminal 264P and the interlayer connection portion 265A are arranged in parallel along the first direction D1. Therefore, compared to the first flexible wiring board 281 of the fifth embodiment, the interlayer connection part 265A is not interposed between the second adhered terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P in the second direction D2. Therefore, the width W8 can be made smaller than the width W7.
 なお、第5実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板281では、第6実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板282と比較して、第1中継端子263Pと第2中継端子264Pとの間に層間接続部265Aが介在しない分だけ、ピッチP2を小さくできる。そのため、第1方向D1において、第1可撓性配線基板281に対する第2可撓性配線基板270の配置を、より短い距離ごとに変えることができる。 Note that in the first flexible wiring board 281 of the fifth embodiment, compared to the first flexible wiring board 282 of the sixth embodiment, there is a gap between the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P. The pitch P2 can be reduced by the amount that the interlayer connection portion 265A is not present. Therefore, in the first direction D1, the arrangement of the second flexible wiring board 270 with respect to the first flexible wiring board 281 can be changed every shorter distance.
 [第6実施形態の利点]
 上記第6実施形態によれば、以下の利点を得ることができる。
 (6-1)第2中継端子264Pごとに層間接続部265Aを設けることで、第1可撓性配線基板282における第2方向D2に沿う幅W8を第1可撓性配線基板260の幅W5よりも小さくできる。結果として、可撓性配線基板ユニット250が調光シート10に接続された状態で、第1可撓性配線基板282が調光シート10からはみ出す長さを短くすることができる。また、第1可撓性配線基板282を備えた可撓性配線基板ユニット250であっても、上記(1-1)、(3-1)~(3-3)、(3-5)に準じた利点を得ることができる。
[Advantages of the sixth embodiment]
According to the sixth embodiment, the following advantages can be obtained.
(6-1) By providing the interlayer connection portion 265A for each second relay terminal 264P, the width W8 of the first flexible wiring board 282 along the second direction D2 is changed to the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260. It can be made smaller than. As a result, when the flexible wiring board unit 250 is connected to the light control sheet 10, the length by which the first flexible wiring board 282 protrudes from the light control sheet 10 can be reduced. Further, even if the flexible wiring board unit 250 includes the first flexible wiring board 282, the above (1-1), (3-1) to (3-3), and (3-5) are not met. You can get similar benefits.
 (6-2)第2中継端子264Pと層間接続部265Aとを第1方向D1に沿って並設することで、第1可撓性配線基板282における第2方向D2に沿う幅W4を第1可撓性配線基板281の幅W3よりも小さくできる。 (6-2) By arranging the second relay terminal 264P and the interlayer connection portion 265A in parallel along the first direction D1, the width W4 of the first flexible wiring board 282 along the second direction D2 is It can be made smaller than the width W3 of the flexible wiring board 281.
 [第7実施形態]
 次に、第7実施形態の調光ユニットについて図27~図29を参照して説明する。なお、第7実施形態の調光ユニットは、第1可撓性配線基板260及び第2可撓性配線基板270に代えて、第1可撓性配線基板283及び第2可撓性配線基板290を備える点を除き、第3実施形態の調光ユニット201と同様の構成を有する。
[Seventh embodiment]
Next, a light control unit according to a seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 27 to 29. Note that the light control unit of the seventh embodiment includes a first flexible wiring board 283 and a second flexible wiring board 290 instead of the first flexible wiring board 260 and the second flexible wiring board 270. It has the same configuration as the light control unit 201 of the third embodiment except that it includes the following.
 図27に示すように、第1可撓性配線基板283は、第1被接着端子261P、第2被接着端子262P、複数の第1中継端子263P、及び複数の第2中継端子264Pを備える。第1被接着端子261P及び複数の第1中継端子263Pは、調光シート10が区切る第1空間側(図27中、紙面手前側)に面する。第2被接着端子262P及び複数の第2中継端子264Pは、調光シート10が区切る第2空間側(図27中、紙面奥側)に面する。したがって、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pは、互いに相反する方向に面する。 As shown in FIG. 27, the first flexible wiring board 283 includes a first bonded terminal 261P, a second bonded terminal 262P, a plurality of first relay terminals 263P, and a plurality of second relay terminals 264P. The first adhered terminal 261P and the plurality of first relay terminals 263P face the first space side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 27) defined by the light control sheet 10. The second adhered terminal 262P and the plurality of second relay terminals 264P face the second space side (the back side of the paper in FIG. 27) defined by the light control sheet 10. Therefore, the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P face opposite directions.
 第1被接着端子261P及び第1中継端子263Pは、第1導体層260Dによって形成される。なお、図27では、第1導体層260Dのうち第1外側絶縁層260Aと重なる部分の外形に破線を付して示す。第2被接着端子262P及び第2中継端子264Pは、第2導体層260Eによって形成される。第2被接着端子262P及び第2中継端子264Pは、第2導体層260Eが第2外側絶縁層260Bから第2空間側に向けて露出する部分である。 The first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P are formed by the first conductor layer 260D. Note that in FIG. 27, the outline of a portion of the first conductor layer 260D that overlaps with the first outer insulating layer 260A is shown with a broken line. The second adhered terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P are formed by the second conductor layer 260E. The second adhered terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P are portions of the second conductor layer 260E exposed toward the second space from the second outer insulating layer 260B.
 各第1中継端子263P及び各第2中継端子264Pは、第1可撓性配線基板283のなかで、第2方向D2における第1被接着端子261P及び第2被接着端子262Pが位置する第1の端部と反対側の第2の端部に位置する。また、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pでは、櫛歯状の歯端子の先端が第1被接着端子261P及び第2被接着端子262Pと反対側に向かって延びる。 Each of the first relay terminals 263P and each of the second relay terminals 264P is connected to a first terminal in the first flexible wiring board 283 where the first to-be-bonded terminal 261P and the second to-be-bonded terminal 262P are located in the second direction D2. located at a second end opposite to the end of the second end. Further, in the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, the tips of the comb-like tooth terminals extend toward the opposite side from the first bonded terminal 261P and the second bonded terminal 262P.
 第1導体層260Dは、第2方向D2の一端に第1被接着端子261Pが位置するとともに、第2方向D2の他端に各第1中継端子263Pが位置する。第1被接着端子261Pから各第1中継端子263Pに向かって、第1導体層260Dが第2方向D2に延びる。 In the first conductor layer 260D, the first bonded terminal 261P is located at one end in the second direction D2, and each first relay terminal 263P is located at the other end in the second direction D2. The first conductor layer 260D extends in the second direction D2 from the first adhered terminal 261P toward each first relay terminal 263P.
 図28に示すように、第2導体層260Eでは、第2方向D2の一端に第2被接着端子262Pが位置するとともに、第2方向D2の他端に各第2中継端子264Pが位置する。なお、図28では、第2導体層260Eの外形に破線を付して示す。第2被接着端子262Pから各第2中継端子264Pに向かって、第2導体層260Eが第2方向D2に延びる。 As shown in FIG. 28, in the second conductor layer 260E, the second adhered terminal 262P is located at one end in the second direction D2, and each second relay terminal 264P is located at the other end in the second direction D2. In addition, in FIG. 28, the outline of the second conductor layer 260E is shown with a broken line. The second conductor layer 260E extends in the second direction D2 from the second adhered terminal 262P toward each second relay terminal 264P.
 第2導体層260Eのうち第2被接着端子262Pと各第2中継端子264Pとを繋ぐ部分は、内側絶縁層260Cを介して、第1導体層260Dのうち第1被接着端子261Pと各第1中継端子263Pとを繋ぐ部分と重なる。 A portion of the second conductor layer 260E that connects the second bonded terminal 262P and each second relay terminal 264P connects the first bonded terminal 261P of the first conductor layer 260D and each of the second relay terminals 264P through the inner insulating layer 260C. It overlaps with the part connecting with the 1 relay terminal 263P.
 以上のような第1導体層260D及び第2導体層260Eの配置によれば、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pを、第1可撓性配線基板283のなかで第2方向D2の一端に配置することができる。この場合、第3実施形態の第1可撓性配線基板260と比較して、第2被接着端子262Pと各第2中継端子264Pとを繋ぐ配線経路を短くすることができる。結果として、第1可撓性配線基板283における第2方向D2に沿う幅W9を第1可撓性配線基板260の幅W5よりも小さくできる。 According to the arrangement of the first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E as described above, the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P are arranged in the second direction D2 in the first flexible wiring board 283. Can be placed at one end. In this case, compared to the first flexible wiring board 260 of the third embodiment, the wiring path connecting the second bonded terminal 262P and each second relay terminal 264P can be shortened. As a result, the width W9 of the first flexible wiring board 283 along the second direction D2 can be made smaller than the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260.
 第1可撓性配線基板283の場合では、第1導体層260Dと第2導体層260Eとを電気的に接続するためのスルーホール265のような構造が不要となる。したがって、第1可撓性配線基板283の柔軟性及び耐屈曲性を高めることができる。 In the case of the first flexible wiring board 283, a structure such as a through hole 265 for electrically connecting the first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E is unnecessary. Therefore, the flexibility and bending resistance of the first flexible wiring board 283 can be improved.
 図29に示すように、第2可撓性配線基板290は、第3外側絶縁層290A、第4外側絶縁層290B、内側絶縁層290C、第3導体層290D、及び第4導体層290Eを備える。内側絶縁層290Cは、第3外側絶縁層290Aと第4外側絶縁層290Bとの間に位置する。第3外側絶縁層290Aは、内側絶縁層290Cに対して調光シート10が区切る第1空間側(図29中、紙面奥側)に位置する。第4外側絶縁層290Bは、内側絶縁層290Cに対して調光シート10が区切る第2空間側(図29中、紙面手前側)に位置する。第3外側絶縁層290A、第4外側絶縁層290B、及び内側絶縁層290Cは、絶縁性を有する樹脂製のフィルムであって、一例として、ポリイミドから形成される。 As shown in FIG. 29, the second flexible wiring board 290 includes a third outer insulating layer 290A, a fourth outer insulating layer 290B, an inner insulating layer 290C, a third conductor layer 290D, and a fourth conductor layer 290E. . The inner insulating layer 290C is located between the third outer insulating layer 290A and the fourth outer insulating layer 290B. The third outer insulating layer 290A is located on the side of the first space defined by the light control sheet 10 (the back side of the paper in FIG. 29) with respect to the inner insulating layer 290C. The fourth outer insulating layer 290B is located on the second space side (the front side of the paper in FIG. 29) defined by the light control sheet 10 with respect to the inner insulating layer 290C. The third outer insulating layer 290A, the fourth outer insulating layer 290B, and the inner insulating layer 290C are insulating resin films, and are made of polyimide, for example.
 第3導体層290Dは、第3外側絶縁層290Aと内側絶縁層290Cとの間に位置する。第4導体層290Eは、第4外側絶縁層290Bと内側絶縁層290Cとの間に位置する。第3導体層290D及び第4導体層290Eは、導電性を有する金属製のフィルムであって、一例として、銅箔から形成される。両面構造を有する第2可撓性配線基板290は、第3外側絶縁層290Aと、第3導体層290Dと、内側絶縁層290Cと、第4導体層290Eと、第4外側絶縁層290Bとがこの順に積層されて形成される。 The third conductor layer 290D is located between the third outer insulating layer 290A and the inner insulating layer 290C. The fourth conductor layer 290E is located between the fourth outer insulating layer 290B and the inner insulating layer 290C. The third conductor layer 290D and the fourth conductor layer 290E are conductive metal films, and are made of copper foil, for example. The second flexible wiring board 290 having a double-sided structure includes a third outer insulating layer 290A, a third conductor layer 290D, an inner insulating layer 290C, a fourth conductor layer 290E, and a fourth outer insulating layer 290B. They are formed by laminating in this order.
 第2可撓性配線基板290において、第3中継端子271P、第1電源端子273P、及び第2電源端子274Pは、第4導体層290Eが第4外側絶縁層290Bから第2空間側に向けて露出する部分である。第2可撓性配線基板290において、第4中継端子272Pは、第3導体層290Dが第3外側絶縁層290Aから第1空間側に向けて露出する部分である。したがって、第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pは、互いに相反する方向に面する。 In the second flexible wiring board 290, the third relay terminal 271P, the first power terminal 273P, and the second power terminal 274P have the fourth conductor layer 290E directed from the fourth outer insulating layer 290B toward the second space side. This is the exposed part. In the second flexible wiring board 290, the fourth relay terminal 272P is a portion where the third conductor layer 290D is exposed from the third outer insulating layer 290A toward the first space side. Therefore, the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P face opposite directions.
 第3中継端子271P及び第1電源端子273Pは、第2可撓性配線基板290の内部において、第4導体層290Eを介して電気的に接続されている。なお、第4導体層290Eのうち、第3中継端子271Pと第1電源端子273Pとを形成する部分は、第2電源端子274Pを形成する部分に対して電気的に絶縁されている。 The third relay terminal 271P and the first power supply terminal 273P are electrically connected inside the second flexible wiring board 290 via the fourth conductor layer 290E. Note that the portion of the fourth conductor layer 290E that forms the third relay terminal 271P and the first power terminal 273P is electrically insulated from the portion that forms the second power terminal 274P.
 第4中継端子272Pを形成する第3導体層290Dは、第4導体層290Eのうち第2電源端子274Pを形成する部分に対して、複数のスルーホール291を介して電気的に接続される。したがって、第4中継端子272P及び第2電源端子274Pは、第2可撓性配線基板290の内部において、第3導体層290D、第4導体層290E、及びスルーホール291を介して電気的に接続されている。なお、スルーホール291の数は、1つでもよいし、2つ以上でもよい。 The third conductor layer 290D forming the fourth relay terminal 272P is electrically connected to the portion of the fourth conductor layer 290E forming the second power supply terminal 274P via a plurality of through holes 291. Therefore, the fourth relay terminal 272P and the second power supply terminal 274P are electrically connected inside the second flexible wiring board 290 via the third conductor layer 290D, the fourth conductor layer 290E, and the through hole 291. has been done. Note that the number of through holes 291 may be one or two or more.
 なお、第7実施形態の場合では、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pのうちの一方に対する第3中継端子271Pの接続と、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pのうちの他方に対する第4中継端子272Pの接続とが各別に行われる。 In the case of the seventh embodiment, the third relay terminal 271P is connected to one of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, and the other of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P is connected. Connection of the fourth relay terminal 272P to each terminal is performed separately.
 [第7実施形態の利点]
 上記第7実施形態によれば、以下の利点を得ることができる。
 (7-1)第1可撓性配線基板283では、第1被接着端子261Pと第1中継端子263Pとが第1導体層260Dによって形成され、第2被接着端子262Pと第2中継端子264Pとを第2導体層260Eによって形成される。これにより、第1可撓性配線基板283における第2方向D2に沿う幅W9を第1可撓性配線基板260の幅W5よりも小さくできる。結果として、可撓性配線基板ユニット250が調光シート10に接続された状態で、第1可撓性配線基板283が調光シート10からはみ出す長さを短くすることができる。また、第1可撓性配線基板283を備える可撓性配線基板ユニット250であっても、上記(1-1)、(3-1)に準じた利点を得ることができる。
[Advantages of the seventh embodiment]
According to the seventh embodiment, the following advantages can be obtained.
(7-1) In the first flexible wiring board 283, the first bonded terminal 261P and the first relay terminal 263P are formed of the first conductor layer 260D, and the second bonded terminal 262P and the second relay terminal 264P are formed by the first conductor layer 260D. and are formed by the second conductor layer 260E. Thereby, the width W9 of the first flexible wiring board 283 along the second direction D2 can be made smaller than the width W5 of the first flexible wiring board 260. As a result, when the flexible wiring board unit 250 is connected to the light control sheet 10, the length by which the first flexible wiring board 283 protrudes from the light control sheet 10 can be reduced. Furthermore, even with the flexible wiring board unit 250 including the first flexible wiring board 283, advantages similar to the above (1-1) and (3-1) can be obtained.
 (7-2)第1可撓性配線基板283では、第1導体層260Dと第2導体層260Eとを電気的に接続するためのスルーホール265のような構造が不要となる。したがって、第1可撓性配線基板283の柔軟性及び耐屈曲性を高めることができる。 (7-2) In the first flexible wiring board 283, a structure such as the through hole 265 for electrically connecting the first conductor layer 260D and the second conductor layer 260E is unnecessary. Therefore, the flexibility and bending resistance of the first flexible wiring board 283 can be improved.
 [第3~第7実施形態の変更例]
 なお、上記第3~第7実施形態は、以下のように変更して実施することができる。また、以下に示す変更例は、技術的に矛盾しない範囲で組み合わせることができる。
[Examples of changes to the third to seventh embodiments]
Note that the third to seventh embodiments described above can be implemented with the following modifications. In addition, the modification examples shown below can be combined within a technically consistent range.
 ・第3~第7実施形態において、基準部266及び位置決め部275の形状は、基準部266に対する位置決め部275の配置に基づいて、接続される2つの中継端子を適切に配置できるものであればよい。また、第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pに対する第3中継端子271P及び第4中継端子272Pの配置に高い精度を要さない場合には、基準部266及び位置決め部275を設けなくてもよい。 - In the third to seventh embodiments, the shapes of the reference part 266 and the positioning part 275 may be such that the two relay terminals to be connected can be appropriately arranged based on the arrangement of the positioning part 275 with respect to the reference part 266. good. Further, if high precision is not required for the arrangement of the third relay terminal 271P and the fourth relay terminal 272P with respect to the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, the reference portion 266 and the positioning portion 275 may not be provided. good.
 ・第3~第7実施形態において、第3中継端子271Pの中央から第4中継端子272Pの中央までのピッチP3は、第1中継端子263Pと第2中継端子264Pとが並ぶピッチP2よりも大きくてもよい。例えば、ピッチP3は、ピッチP2の奇数倍(1を除く)であってもよい。すなわち、第3中継端子271Pが第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pのうちの一方と電気的に接続されたときに、第4中継端子272Pが第1中継端子263P及び第2中継端子264Pのうちの他方と電気的に接続される構成であればよい。 - In the third to seventh embodiments, the pitch P3 from the center of the third relay terminal 271P to the center of the fourth relay terminal 272P is larger than the pitch P2 between the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P. You can. For example, the pitch P3 may be an odd multiple (excluding 1) of the pitch P2. That is, when the third relay terminal 271P is electrically connected to one of the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P, the fourth relay terminal 272P is connected to the first relay terminal 263P and the second relay terminal 264P. Any configuration is sufficient as long as it is electrically connected to the other one.
 ・第3~第6実施形態において、第2可撓性配線基板270が備える第1電源端子73Pと第2電源端子274Pとが互いに相反する方向に面してもよい。この場合、第2可撓性配線基板270において、第3中継端子271Pと第1電源端子273Pとの間、もしくは、第4中継端子272Pと第2電源端子274Pとの間にスルーホールが設けられる。この場合、第1電源端子273P及び第2電源端子274Pと外部電源1Aとの接続形態の自由度が高められる。 In the third to sixth embodiments, the first power terminal 73P and the second power terminal 274P of the second flexible wiring board 270 may face opposite directions. In this case, in the second flexible wiring board 270, a through hole is provided between the third relay terminal 271P and the first power terminal 273P or between the fourth relay terminal 272P and the second power terminal 274P. . In this case, the degree of freedom in connecting the first power terminal 273P and the second power terminal 274P to the external power source 1A is increased.
 ・第7実施形態において、第2可撓性配線基板290が備える第1電源端子273Pと第2電源端子274Pとが互いに相反する方向に面してもよい。例えば、第2電源端子274Pを第3導体層290Dによって形成してもよい。この場合、第1電源端子273Pが第2空間側に面する一方で、第2電源端子274Pが第1空間側に面する。そして、第4中継端子272P及び第2電源端子274Pは、第2可撓性配線基板290の内部において、第3導体層290Dを介して電気的に接続される。この場合、第2可撓性配線基板290において、第3導体層290Dと第4導体層290Eとを電気的に接続するためのスルーホール291のような構造が不要となる。したがって、第2可撓性配線基板290の柔軟性及び耐屈曲性を高めることができる。 - In the seventh embodiment, the first power terminal 273P and the second power terminal 274P of the second flexible wiring board 290 may face opposite directions. For example, the second power terminal 274P may be formed of the third conductor layer 290D. In this case, the first power terminal 273P faces the second space, while the second power terminal 274P faces the first space. The fourth relay terminal 272P and the second power supply terminal 274P are electrically connected inside the second flexible wiring board 290 via the third conductor layer 290D. In this case, in the second flexible wiring board 290, a structure such as a through hole 291 for electrically connecting the third conductor layer 290D and the fourth conductor layer 290E is unnecessary. Therefore, the flexibility and bending resistance of the second flexible wiring board 290 can be improved.
 ・第3~第7実施形態において、複数の第1中継端子263Pのうち、第3中継端子271Pと接続されない第1中継端子263Pは、外表面側に位置する第1外側絶縁層260Aが取り除かれずに、第1外側絶縁層260Aによって覆われていてもよい。換言すると、複数の第1中継端子263Pのうち、少なくとも第3中継端子271Pと接続される第1中継端子263Pが、第1外側絶縁層260Aから露出していればよい。第3中継端子271Pと接続されない第1中継端子263Pを第1外側絶縁層260Aによって覆うことで、第3中継端子271Pと接続されない第1中継端子263Pを封止する作業を簡略化できる。なお、複数の第2中継端子264Pのうち、第4中継端子272Pと接続されない第2中継端子264Pについても同様の変更が可能である。 - In the third to seventh embodiments, among the plurality of first relay terminals 263P, the first relay terminals 263P that are not connected to the third relay terminal 271P have the first outer insulating layer 260A located on the outer surface side not removed. Additionally, it may be covered with a first outer insulating layer 260A. In other words, among the plurality of first relay terminals 263P, at least the first relay terminal 263P connected to the third relay terminal 271P should be exposed from the first outer insulating layer 260A. By covering the first relay terminal 263P that is not connected to the third relay terminal 271P with the first outer insulating layer 260A, it is possible to simplify the work of sealing the first relay terminal 263P that is not connected to the third relay terminal 271P. Note that similar changes can be made to the second relay terminals 264P that are not connected to the fourth relay terminal 272P among the plurality of second relay terminals 264P.
 [第1~第7実施形態の変更例]
 なお、上記第1~第7実施形態は、以下のように変更して実施することができる。また、以下に示す変更例は、技術的に矛盾しない範囲で組み合わせることができる。
[Examples of changes to the first to seventh embodiments]
Note that the first to seventh embodiments described above can be implemented with the following modifications. In addition, the modification examples shown below can be combined within a technically consistent range.
 ・第1~第7実施形態において、第1透明電極シート20は、紫外線遮蔽層、赤外線遮蔽層、配向層、粘着層、保護層などの他の機能層を備えてもよい。第2透明電極シート30は、紫外線遮蔽層、赤外線遮蔽層、配向層、粘着層、保護層などの他の機能層を備えてもよい。 - In the first to seventh embodiments, the first transparent electrode sheet 20 may include other functional layers such as an ultraviolet shielding layer, an infrared shielding layer, an alignment layer, an adhesive layer, and a protective layer. The second transparent electrode sheet 30 may include other functional layers such as an ultraviolet shielding layer, an infrared shielding layer, an alignment layer, an adhesive layer, and a protective layer.
 ・第1~第7実施形態において、調光シート10は、矩形状に限らず、矩形状以外の多角形状、円形状、楕円形状などの幾何学形状でもよいし、幾何学形状以外の不定形状でもよい。調光シート10は、二次元の平面状に限らず、円筒面状、球面状、波状などの曲面状でもよい。 - In the first to seventh embodiments, the light control sheet 10 is not limited to a rectangular shape, and may have a geometric shape other than a rectangular shape such as a polygonal shape, a circular shape, an elliptical shape, or an irregular shape other than a geometric shape. But that's fine. The light control sheet 10 is not limited to a two-dimensional planar shape, but may have a curved shape such as a cylindrical shape, a spherical shape, or a wavy shape.

Claims (17)

  1.  可撓性配線基板ユニットであって、
     第1方向に延びる第1可撓性配線基板と、
     第2方向に延びる第2可撓性配線基板と、を備え、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第2方向における前記第2可撓性配線基板の第1の端部において、前記第1方向と前記第2方向とが交差するように、前記第1可撓性配線基板に電気的に接続されるように構成されており、
     前記第1可撓性配線基板は、前記第1方向に並ぶ第1被接着端子及び第2被接着端子を備え、
     前記第1被接着端子及び前記第2被接着端子は、給電対象に接続されるように構成されており、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第2方向における前記第1の端部と反対の第2の端部に位置する第1電源端子及び第2電源端子を備え、
     前記第1電源端子及び前記第2電源端子は、外部電源に接続されるように構成されている
     可撓性配線基板ユニット。
    A flexible wiring board unit,
    a first flexible wiring board extending in a first direction;
    a second flexible wiring board extending in a second direction;
    The second flexible wiring board is arranged such that the first direction and the second direction intersect at a first end of the second flexible wiring board in the second direction. It is configured to be electrically connected to a flexible wiring board,
    The first flexible wiring board includes a first bonded terminal and a second bonded terminal arranged in the first direction,
    The first bonded terminal and the second bonded terminal are configured to be connected to a power supply target,
    The second flexible wiring board includes a first power terminal and a second power terminal located at a second end opposite to the first end in the second direction,
    The first power terminal and the second power terminal are configured to be connected to an external power source. The flexible wiring board unit.
  2.  前記第1可撓性配線基板は、前記第1可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第1被接着端子に電気的に接続される第1中継端子と、前記第1可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第2被接着端子に電気的に接続される第2中継端子と、を備え、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第1の端部に位置する第3中継端子及び第4中継端子を備え、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第3中継端子は前記第1電源端子に電気的に接続され、前記第2可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第4中継端子は前記第2電源端子に電気的に接続され、
     前記第1可撓性配線基板及び前記第2可撓性配線基板は、絶縁層と導体層とが積層されて形成され、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第1可撓性配線基板よりも少数の層を有し、
     前記第1可撓性配線基板において、前記第1被接着端子は、前記第2被接着端子、前記第1中継端子、及び、前記第2中継端子と相反する方向に面し、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板において、前記第3中継端子、前記第4中継端子、前記第1電源端子、及び前記第2電源端子は、同じ方向に面し、
     前記第3中継端子が、前記第1中継端子と電気的に接続され、かつ前記第4中継端子が、前記第2中継端子と電気的に接続されるように、前記第1方向及び前記第2方向を含む面内において、前記第1中継端子に対する前記第2中継端子の相対位置は、前記第3中継端子に対する前記第4中継端子の相対位置に等しい
     請求項1に記載の可撓性配線基板ユニット。
    The first flexible wiring board includes a first relay terminal that is electrically connected to the first bonded terminal, and a first relay terminal that is electrically connected to the first bonded terminal, inside the first flexible wiring board. a second relay terminal electrically connected to the second bonded terminal inside;
    The second flexible wiring board includes a third relay terminal and a fourth relay terminal located at the first end,
    Inside the second flexible wiring board, the third relay terminal is electrically connected to the first power supply terminal, and inside the second flexible wiring board, the fourth relay terminal is electrically connected to the first power supply terminal. 2 electrically connected to the power terminal,
    The first flexible wiring board and the second flexible wiring board are formed by laminating an insulating layer and a conductor layer,
    The second flexible wiring board has fewer layers than the first flexible wiring board,
    In the first flexible wiring board, the first bonded terminal faces in a direction opposite to the second bonded terminal, the first relay terminal, and the second relay terminal,
    In the second flexible wiring board, the third relay terminal, the fourth relay terminal, the first power terminal, and the second power terminal face the same direction,
    the first direction and the second direction such that the third relay terminal is electrically connected to the first relay terminal, and the fourth relay terminal is electrically connected to the second relay terminal. The flexible wiring board according to claim 1, wherein the relative position of the second relay terminal with respect to the first relay terminal is equal to the relative position of the fourth relay terminal with respect to the third relay terminal in a plane including the direction. unit.
  3.  前記第2方向は、前記第1方向と直交する
     請求項2に記載の可撓性配線基板ユニット。
    The flexible wiring board unit according to claim 2, wherein the second direction is orthogonal to the first direction.
  4.  前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第1方向における前記第1可撓性配線基板の中央において、前記第1可撓性配線基板に対して接続される
     請求項3に記載の可撓性配線基板ユニット。
    The flexibility according to claim 3, wherein the second flexible wiring board is connected to the first flexible wiring board at the center of the first flexible wiring board in the first direction. Wiring board unit.
  5.  前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第1方向において前記第1可撓性配線基板の中央から一方の端部の側に偏倚した位置において、前記第1可撓性配線基板に対して接続される
     請求項3に記載の可撓性配線基板ユニット。
    The second flexible wiring board is connected to the first flexible wiring board at a position offset from the center of the first flexible wiring board toward one end in the first direction. The flexible wiring board unit according to claim 3.
  6.  前記第1可撓性配線基板は、前記第2方向に並ぶ第1中継端子及び第2中継端子を備え、
     前記第1中継端子は、前記第1方向に一定のピッチで並ぶ複数の第1歯端子を備え、
     前記複数の第1歯端子は、前記第1可撓性配線基板の内部で前記第1被接着端子に電気的に接続され、
     前記第2中継端子は、前記第1方向に前記一定のピッチで並ぶ複数の第2歯端子を備え、
     前記複数の第2歯端子は、前記第1可撓性配線基板の内部で前記第2被接着端子に電気的に接続され、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板は、
     前記第1の端部に位置する第3中継端子及び第4中継端子を備え、
     前記第3中継端子は、前記第1方向に前記一定のピッチで並ぶ複数の第3歯端子を備え、
     前記複数の第3歯端子は、前記第2可撓性配線基板の内部で前記第1電源端子に電気的に接続され、
     前記第4中継端子は、前記第1方向に前記一定のピッチで並ぶ複数の第4歯端子を備え、
     前記複数の第4歯端子は、前記第2可撓性配線基板の内部で前記第2電源端子に電気的に接続され、
     前記第1歯端子の数は、前記第3歯端子の数よりも多く、
     前記第2歯端子の数は、前記第4歯端子の数よりも多く、
     各第3歯端子が前記複数の第1歯端子の何れかと電気的に接続されたときに、各第4歯端子が前記複数の第2歯端子の何れかと電気的に接続されるように、前記第3中継端子に対して前記第4中継端子が配置される
     請求項1に記載の可撓性配線基板ユニット。
    The first flexible wiring board includes a first relay terminal and a second relay terminal arranged in the second direction,
    The first relay terminal includes a plurality of first tooth terminals arranged at a constant pitch in the first direction,
    The plurality of first tooth terminals are electrically connected to the first bonded terminal inside the first flexible wiring board,
    The second relay terminal includes a plurality of second tooth terminals arranged at the constant pitch in the first direction,
    The plurality of second tooth terminals are electrically connected to the second bonded terminal inside the first flexible wiring board,
    The second flexible wiring board includes:
    comprising a third relay terminal and a fourth relay terminal located at the first end,
    The third relay terminal includes a plurality of third tooth terminals arranged at the constant pitch in the first direction,
    The plurality of third tooth terminals are electrically connected to the first power terminal inside the second flexible wiring board,
    The fourth relay terminal includes a plurality of fourth tooth terminals arranged at the constant pitch in the first direction,
    The plurality of fourth tooth terminals are electrically connected to the second power terminal inside the second flexible wiring board,
    The number of the first tooth terminals is greater than the number of the third tooth terminals,
    The number of the second tooth terminals is greater than the number of the fourth tooth terminals,
    such that when each third tooth terminal is electrically connected to any one of the plurality of first tooth terminals, each fourth tooth terminal is electrically connected to any one of the plurality of second tooth terminals, The flexible wiring board unit according to claim 1, wherein the fourth relay terminal is arranged with respect to the third relay terminal.
  7.  前記第1可撓性配線基板において、
     前記第1中継端子及び前記第2中継端子は、互いに同じ方向に面し、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板において、
     前記第3中継端子及び前記第4中継端子は、互いに同じ方向に面する
     請求項6に記載の可撓性配線基板ユニット。
    In the first flexible wiring board,
    the first relay terminal and the second relay terminal face the same direction,
    In the second flexible wiring board,
    The flexible wiring board unit according to claim 6, wherein the third relay terminal and the fourth relay terminal face the same direction.
  8.  前記第1可撓性配線基板において、
     前記第1被接着端子は、前記第1中継端子及び前記第2中継端子と同じ方向に面し、
     前記第2被接着端子は、前記第1中継端子及び前記第2中継端子と相反する方向に面し、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板において、
     前記第1電源端子及び前記第2電源端子は、前記第3中継端子及び前記第4中継端子と同じ方向に面する
     請求項7に記載の可撓性配線基板ユニット。
    In the first flexible wiring board,
    The first bonded terminal faces the same direction as the first relay terminal and the second relay terminal,
    The second bonded terminal faces in a direction opposite to the first relay terminal and the second relay terminal,
    In the second flexible wiring board,
    The flexible wiring board unit according to claim 7, wherein the first power terminal and the second power terminal face the same direction as the third relay terminal and the fourth relay terminal.
  9.  前記複数の第3歯端子のうち、前記第1方向の各端に位置する前記第3歯端子は、位置決め部を備え、
     各第1歯端子は、基準部を備え、
     前記第1方向の各端に位置する前記第3歯端子が備える前記位置決め部に対して、当該第3歯端子に接続される前記第1歯端子が備える前記基準部が、前記第1方向及び前記第2方向の各々において適正に配置されるときに、当該第1歯端子が当該第3歯端子に対して適正に配置される
     請求項6ないし8のうち何れか一項に記載の可撓性配線基板ユニット。
    Among the plurality of third tooth terminals, the third tooth terminals located at each end in the first direction include a positioning portion,
    Each first tooth terminal includes a reference portion,
    With respect to the positioning part provided in the third tooth terminal located at each end in the first direction, the reference part provided in the first tooth terminal connected to the third tooth terminal is located in the first direction and The flexible device according to any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein when properly positioned in each of the second directions, the first tooth terminal is properly positioned with respect to the third tooth terminal. sexual wiring board unit.
  10.  前記第1可撓性配線基板は、前記第1可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第1被接着端子と電気的に接続される複数の第1中継端子と、前記第1可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第2被接着端子と電気的に接続される複数の第2中継端子と、を備え、
     前記第1方向において、前記第1中継端子と前記第2中継端子とが一定のピッチで交互に、かつ、1列に並び、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第1の端部に位置する第3中継端子及び第4中継端子を備え、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第3中継端子と前記第1電源端子とが電気的に接続され、前記第2可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第4中継端子と前記第2電源端子とが電気的に接続され、
     前記第3中継端子が前記第1中継端子及び前記第2中継端子のうちの一方と電気的に接続されたときに、前記第4中継端子が前記第1中継端子及び前記第2中継端子のうちの他方と電気的に接続されるように、前記第3中継端子に対して前記第4中継端子が配置される
     請求項1に記載の可撓性配線基板ユニット。
    The first flexible wiring board includes a plurality of first relay terminals electrically connected to the first bonded terminals and the first flexible wiring inside the first flexible wiring board. A plurality of second relay terminals electrically connected to the second bonded terminal inside the substrate,
    In the first direction, the first relay terminals and the second relay terminals are arranged alternately at a constant pitch and in a row,
    The second flexible wiring board includes a third relay terminal and a fourth relay terminal located at the first end,
    Inside the second flexible wiring board, the third relay terminal and the first power supply terminal are electrically connected, and inside the second flexible wiring board, the fourth relay terminal and the electrically connected to the second power supply terminal;
    When the third relay terminal is electrically connected to one of the first relay terminal and the second relay terminal, the fourth relay terminal is connected to one of the first relay terminal and the second relay terminal. The flexible wiring board unit according to claim 1, wherein the fourth relay terminal is arranged with respect to the third relay terminal so as to be electrically connected to the other one of the flexible wiring board units.
  11.  前記第1可撓性配線基板において、
     前記第1中継端子及び前記第2中継端子は、互いに同じ方向に面し、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板において、
     前記第3中継端子及び前記第4中継端子は、互いに同じ方向に面する
     請求項10に記載の可撓性配線基板ユニット。
    In the first flexible wiring board,
    the first relay terminal and the second relay terminal face the same direction,
    In the second flexible wiring board,
    The flexible wiring board unit according to claim 10, wherein the third relay terminal and the fourth relay terminal face the same direction.
  12.  前記第1可撓性配線基板において、
     前記第1被接着端子は、前記第1中継端子及び前記第2中継端子と同じ方向に面し、
     前記第2被接着端子は、前記第1中継端子及び前記第2中継端子と相反する方向に面し、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板において、
     前記第1電源端子及び前記第2電源端子は、前記第3中継端子及び前記第4中継端子と同じ方向に面する
     請求項11に記載の可撓性配線基板ユニット。
    In the first flexible wiring board,
    The first bonded terminal faces the same direction as the first relay terminal and the second relay terminal,
    The second bonded terminal faces in a direction opposite to the first relay terminal and the second relay terminal,
    In the second flexible wiring board,
    The flexible wiring board unit according to claim 11, wherein the first power terminal and the second power terminal face the same direction as the third relay terminal and the fourth relay terminal.
  13.  前記第1可撓性配線基板において、
     前記第1中継端子及び前記第2中継端子は、互いに相反する方向に面し、
     前記第1被接着端子は、前記第1中継端子と同じ方向に面し、
     前記第2被接着端子は、前記第2中継端子と同じ方向に面し、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板において、
     前記第3中継端子及び前記第4中継端子は、互いに相反する方向に面する
     請求項10に記載の可撓性配線基板ユニット。
    In the first flexible wiring board,
    The first relay terminal and the second relay terminal face opposite directions,
    The first bonded terminal faces the same direction as the first relay terminal,
    The second bonded terminal faces the same direction as the second relay terminal,
    In the second flexible wiring board,
    The flexible wiring board unit according to claim 10, wherein the third relay terminal and the fourth relay terminal face opposite directions.
  14.  調光ユニットであって、
     第1方向に延びる縁部を備える調光シートと、
     前記縁部に接着される可撓性配線基板ユニットと、を備え、
     前記調光シートは、
     第1透明電極シートと、
     第2透明電極シートと、
     前記第1透明電極シートと前記第2透明電極シートとの間に位置する調光層と、を備え、
     前記第1透明電極シートのうち前記調光層及び前記第2透明電極シートから露出する部分が第1電極端子であり、
     前記第2透明電極シートのうち前記調光層及び前記第1透明電極シートから露出する部分が第2電極端子であり、
     前記第1電極端子と前記第2電極端子とが、前記縁部において前記第1方向に沿って並び、
     前記可撓性配線基板ユニットは、
     前記第1方向に延びる第1可撓性配線基板と、
     第2方向に延びる第2可撓性配線基板と、を備え、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第2方向における前記第2可撓性配線基板の第1の端部において、前記第1方向と前記第2方向とが交差するように、前記第1可撓性配線基板に電気的に接続されるように構成されており、
     前記第1可撓性配線基板は、前記第1方向に並ぶ第1被接着端子及び第2被接着端子を備え、
     前記第1被接着端子は、前記第1電極端子と電気的に接続されるように構成されており、
     前記第2被接着端子は、前記第2電極端子と電気的に接続されるように構成されており、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第2方向における前記第1の端部と反対の第2の端部に位置する第1電源端子及び第2電源端子を備え、
     前記第1電源端子及び前記第2電源端子は、外部電源に接続されるように構成されている
     調光ユニット。
    A light control unit,
    a light control sheet including an edge extending in a first direction;
    a flexible wiring board unit adhered to the edge;
    The light control sheet is
    a first transparent electrode sheet;
    a second transparent electrode sheet;
    a light control layer located between the first transparent electrode sheet and the second transparent electrode sheet,
    A portion of the first transparent electrode sheet exposed from the light control layer and the second transparent electrode sheet is a first electrode terminal,
    A portion of the second transparent electrode sheet exposed from the light control layer and the first transparent electrode sheet is a second electrode terminal,
    the first electrode terminal and the second electrode terminal are arranged along the first direction at the edge;
    The flexible wiring board unit includes:
    a first flexible wiring board extending in the first direction;
    a second flexible wiring board extending in a second direction;
    The second flexible wiring board is arranged such that the first direction and the second direction intersect at a first end of the second flexible wiring board in the second direction. It is configured to be electrically connected to a flexible wiring board,
    The first flexible wiring board includes a first bonded terminal and a second bonded terminal arranged in the first direction,
    The first adhered terminal is configured to be electrically connected to the first electrode terminal,
    The second adhered terminal is configured to be electrically connected to the second electrode terminal,
    The second flexible wiring board includes a first power terminal and a second power terminal located at a second end opposite to the first end in the second direction,
    The first power terminal and the second power terminal are configured to be connected to an external power source. A dimming unit.
  15.  前記第1可撓性配線基板は、前記第1可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第1被接着端子に電気的に接続される第1中継端子と、前記第1可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第2被接着端子に電気的に接続される第2中継端子と、を備え、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第1の端部に位置する第3中継端子及び第4中継端子を備え、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第3中継端子は前記第1電源端子に電気的に接続され、前記第2可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第4中継端子は前記第2電源端子に電気的に接続され、
     前記第1可撓性配線基板及び前記第2可撓性配線基板は、絶縁層と導体層とが積層されて形成され、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第1可撓性配線基板よりも少数の層を有し、
     前記第1可撓性配線基板において、前記第1被接着端子は、前記第2被接着端子、前記第1中継端子、及び、前記第2中継端子と相反する方向に面し、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板において、前記第3中継端子、前記第4中継端子、前記第1電源端子、及び前記第2電源端子は、同じ方向に面し、
     前記第3中継端子が、前記第1中継端子と電気的に接続され、かつ前記第4中継端子が、前記第2中継端子と電気的に接続されるように、前記第1方向及び前記第2方向を含む面内において、前記第1中継端子に対する前記第2中継端子の相対位置は、前記第3中継端子に対する前記第4中継端子の相対位置に等しい
     請求項14に記載の調光ユニット。
    The first flexible wiring board includes a first relay terminal that is electrically connected to the first bonded terminal, and a first relay terminal that is electrically connected to the first bonded terminal, inside the first flexible wiring board. a second relay terminal electrically connected to the second bonded terminal inside;
    The second flexible wiring board includes a third relay terminal and a fourth relay terminal located at the first end,
    Inside the second flexible wiring board, the third relay terminal is electrically connected to the first power supply terminal, and inside the second flexible wiring board, the fourth relay terminal is electrically connected to the first power supply terminal. 2 electrically connected to the power terminal,
    The first flexible wiring board and the second flexible wiring board are formed by laminating an insulating layer and a conductor layer,
    The second flexible wiring board has fewer layers than the first flexible wiring board,
    In the first flexible wiring board, the first bonded terminal faces in a direction opposite to the second bonded terminal, the first relay terminal, and the second relay terminal,
    In the second flexible wiring board, the third relay terminal, the fourth relay terminal, the first power terminal, and the second power terminal face the same direction,
    the first direction and the second direction such that the third relay terminal is electrically connected to the first relay terminal, and the fourth relay terminal is electrically connected to the second relay terminal. The light control unit according to claim 14, wherein the relative position of the second relay terminal with respect to the first relay terminal is equal to the relative position of the fourth relay terminal with respect to the third relay terminal in a plane including the direction.
  16.  前記第1可撓性配線基板は、前記第2方向に並ぶ第1中継端子及び第2中継端子を備え、
     前記第1中継端子は、前記第1方向に一定のピッチで並ぶ複数の第1歯端子を備え、
     前記複数の第1歯端子は、前記第1可撓性配線基板の内部で前記第1被接着端子に電気的に接続され、
     前記第2中継端子は、前記第1方向に前記一定のピッチで並ぶ複数の第2歯端子を備え、
     前記複数の第2歯端子は、前記第1可撓性配線基板の内部で前記第2被接着端子に電気的に接続され、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第1の端部に位置する第3中継端子及び第4中継端子を備え、
     前記第3中継端子は、前記第1方向に前記一定のピッチで並ぶ複数の第3歯端子を備え、
     前記複数の第3歯端子は、前記第2可撓性配線基板の内部で前記第1電源端子に電気的に接続され、
     前記第4中継端子は、前記第1方向に前記一定のピッチで並ぶ複数の第4歯端子を備え、
     前記複数の第4歯端子は、前記第2可撓性配線基板の内部で前記第2電源端子に電気的に接続され、
     前記第1歯端子の数は、前記第3歯端子の数よりも多く、
     前記第2歯端子の数は、前記第4歯端子の数よりも多く、
     各第3歯端子が前記複数の第1歯端子の何れかと電気的に接続されたときに、各第4歯端子が前記複数の第2歯端子の何れかと電気的に接続される
     請求項14に記載の調光ユニット。
    The first flexible wiring board includes a first relay terminal and a second relay terminal arranged in the second direction,
    The first relay terminal includes a plurality of first tooth terminals arranged at a constant pitch in the first direction,
    The plurality of first tooth terminals are electrically connected to the first bonded terminal inside the first flexible wiring board,
    The second relay terminal includes a plurality of second tooth terminals arranged at the constant pitch in the first direction,
    The plurality of second tooth terminals are electrically connected to the second bonded terminal inside the first flexible wiring board,
    The second flexible wiring board includes a third relay terminal and a fourth relay terminal located at the first end,
    The third relay terminal includes a plurality of third tooth terminals arranged at the constant pitch in the first direction,
    The plurality of third tooth terminals are electrically connected to the first power terminal inside the second flexible wiring board,
    The fourth relay terminal includes a plurality of fourth tooth terminals arranged at the constant pitch in the first direction,
    The plurality of fourth tooth terminals are electrically connected to the second power terminal inside the second flexible wiring board,
    The number of the first tooth terminals is greater than the number of the third tooth terminals,
    The number of the second tooth terminals is greater than the number of the fourth tooth terminals,
    Claim 14: When each third tooth terminal is electrically connected to any one of the plurality of first tooth terminals, each fourth tooth terminal is electrically connected to any one of the plurality of second tooth terminals. The dimming unit described in .
  17.  前記第1可撓性配線基板は、前記第1可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第1被接着端子と電気的に接続される複数の第1中継端子と、前記第1可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第2被接着端子と電気的に接続される複数の第2中継端子と、を備え、
     前記第1方向において、前記第1中継端子と前記第2中継端子とが一定のピッチで交互に、かつ、1列に並び、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板は、前記第2方向の一端に位置する第3中継端子及び第4中継端子を備え、
     前記第2可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第3中継端子と前記第1電源端子とが電気的に接続され、前記第2可撓性配線基板の内部において、前記第4中継端子と前記第2電源端子とが電気的に接続され、
     前記第3中継端子が前記第1中継端子及び前記第2中継端子のうちの一方と電気的に接続され、前記第4中継端子が前記第1中継端子及び前記第2中継端子のうちの他方と電気的に接続される
     請求項14に記載の調光ユニット。
    The first flexible wiring board includes a plurality of first relay terminals electrically connected to the first bonded terminals and the first flexible wiring inside the first flexible wiring board. A plurality of second relay terminals electrically connected to the second bonded terminal inside the substrate,
    In the first direction, the first relay terminals and the second relay terminals are arranged alternately at a constant pitch and in a row,
    The second flexible wiring board includes a third relay terminal and a fourth relay terminal located at one end in the second direction,
    Inside the second flexible wiring board, the third relay terminal and the first power supply terminal are electrically connected, and inside the second flexible wiring board, the fourth relay terminal and the electrically connected to the second power supply terminal;
    The third relay terminal is electrically connected to one of the first relay terminal and the second relay terminal, and the fourth relay terminal is electrically connected to the other of the first relay terminal and the second relay terminal. The light control unit according to claim 14, wherein the light control unit is electrically connected.
PCT/JP2023/018710 2022-05-23 2023-05-19 Flexible wiring board unit and dimmer unit WO2023228879A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022083618A JP2023172064A (en) 2022-05-23 2022-05-23 Flexible wiring board unit, and dimming unit
JP2022083619A JP2023172065A (en) 2022-05-23 2022-05-23 Flexible wiring board unit, and dimming unit
JP2022-083618 2022-05-23
JP2022-083619 2022-05-23
JP2022083620A JP2023172066A (en) 2022-05-23 2022-05-23 Flexible wiring board unit, and dimming unit
JP2022-083620 2022-05-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023228879A1 true WO2023228879A1 (en) 2023-11-30

Family

ID=88919230

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/018710 WO2023228879A1 (en) 2022-05-23 2023-05-19 Flexible wiring board unit and dimmer unit

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023228879A1 (en)

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001075493A (en) * 1999-09-06 2001-03-23 Seiko Epson Corp Electro-optic device and its production as well as electronic apparatus
JP2007057925A (en) * 2005-08-25 2007-03-08 Nec Corp Optical element, light source, and display device
JP2008108758A (en) * 2006-10-23 2008-05-08 Funai Electric Co Ltd Flexible substrate
JP2008226965A (en) * 2007-03-09 2008-09-25 Funai Electric Co Ltd Liquid crystal module
JP2009104801A (en) * 2007-10-19 2009-05-14 Funai Electric Co Ltd Liquid crystal module
JP2010226006A (en) * 2009-03-25 2010-10-07 Casio Computer Co Ltd Method of manufacturing flexible circuit sheet junction
JP2019029534A (en) * 2017-07-31 2019-02-21 イビデン株式会社 Composite flexible printed wiring board and manufacturing method of composite flexible printed wiring board
WO2019194278A1 (en) * 2018-04-05 2019-10-10 凸版印刷株式会社 Light control unit

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001075493A (en) * 1999-09-06 2001-03-23 Seiko Epson Corp Electro-optic device and its production as well as electronic apparatus
JP2007057925A (en) * 2005-08-25 2007-03-08 Nec Corp Optical element, light source, and display device
JP2008108758A (en) * 2006-10-23 2008-05-08 Funai Electric Co Ltd Flexible substrate
JP2008226965A (en) * 2007-03-09 2008-09-25 Funai Electric Co Ltd Liquid crystal module
JP2009104801A (en) * 2007-10-19 2009-05-14 Funai Electric Co Ltd Liquid crystal module
JP2010226006A (en) * 2009-03-25 2010-10-07 Casio Computer Co Ltd Method of manufacturing flexible circuit sheet junction
JP2019029534A (en) * 2017-07-31 2019-02-21 イビデン株式会社 Composite flexible printed wiring board and manufacturing method of composite flexible printed wiring board
WO2019194278A1 (en) * 2018-04-05 2019-10-10 凸版印刷株式会社 Light control unit

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN114038330B (en) Foldable display module and foldable display device
TW201728978A (en) Display device and method of manufacturing the same
WO2006100711A1 (en) Display device and manufacturing method thereof
JP7151843B2 (en) Light control unit and method for manufacturing light control unit
CN110299073A (en) A kind of display panel, flexible connecting member and display device
WO2023228879A1 (en) Flexible wiring board unit and dimmer unit
CN113867027B (en) Display module and display device
CN110311052B (en) Display panel and display device
JP2023172066A (en) Flexible wiring board unit, and dimming unit
JP2023172064A (en) Flexible wiring board unit, and dimming unit
CN113825304B (en) Circuit board structure and display device
JP7151137B2 (en) dimming unit
CN106338849A (en) Curved display device
WO2023286848A1 (en) Flexible wiring board and dimmer unit
JP2023172065A (en) Flexible wiring board unit, and dimming unit
JP7413893B2 (en) dimming unit
CN113870732B (en) Display device
JP4853531B2 (en) Display media
JP7239902B2 (en) Flexible wiring board and dimming unit
JP2023012885A (en) Flexible wiring board, flexible wiring board unit, and light control unit
CN207366873U (en) A kind of circuit board and display panel
JP2021089380A (en) Dimming device
CN220156535U (en) Electronic equipment
JP4044328B2 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP3556459B2 (en) EL module

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23811751

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1